D4B804A2FDD-Running Gear Axles Steering

Service
Workshop Manual
Arteon 2018 ➤a n AG olk w g AG do ge
.V s a en
Passat 2015 ➤
sw es n
olk V ot g
y ua
db ran
i e
Passat sVariant 2015 ➤
rs tee
ho
ut a
or
ac
s
Running gear, axles, steering
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Edition 02.2019
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service Department. Technical Information

Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Repair Group
00 - Technical data
40 - Front suspension
42 - Rear suspension
43 - Self-levelling suspension
44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
48 - Steering
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
um
fo
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
en
ng
t.
yi Co
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
Cop py
. rig
matter of course, be observed.
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
All rights reserved.
No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2019 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B804A2FDD

AArteon 2018
G. Volkswagen A➤
G d,oPassat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
agen es n
olksw Running gear,
ot g axles, steering - Edition 02.2019
y V ua
d b ran
e
ris tee
Contents
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
00 - Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
itte
y li
erm
ab
1 Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
ility
ot p
1.1 Safety measures when working on vehicles with a start/stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
wit
, is n
h re
1.2 Safety precautions when working on high-voltage system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
hole
spec
1.3 Safety precautions when working in the vicinity of high-voltage components . . . . . . . . . . 2
es, in part or in w
1.4 Safety precautions when working on subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
t to the co
2 Repair instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1 Leaks at shock absorbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
rrectness of i
2.2 Noises from shock absorbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
l purpos
2.3 Checking shock absorbers when removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

2.4 Steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
nf
ercia
2.5 Gaskets and seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
orm
2.6 Nuts and bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
m
atio
m
2.7 Electrical components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

o
n in
or c
2.8 Raising suspension to unladen position (vehicles with coil springs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
thi
te
sd
iva
3 Evaluating accident vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
3.1 Check list for evaluating running gear on accident vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
4 Waste disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ht. Cop py
rig 18
4.1 Releasing gas and draining front gas-filled shock absorbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
rig ht
py by
o Vo
4.2 Releasing gas and draining rear gas-filled shock absorbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
40 - Front suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1 Front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.1 Overview of fitting locations - front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2 Subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.1 Assembly overview - subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.2 Removing and installing subframe without steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.3 Removing and installing subframe with steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.4 Repairing subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.5 Repairing thread in longitudinal member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
2.6 Fixing position of subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
2.7 Lowering subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3 Anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.1 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.2 Removing and installing anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.3 Removing and installing coupling rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4 Suspension strut, upper suspension link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.1 Assembly overview - suspension strut, upper suspension link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.2 Removing and installing suspension strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.3 Repairing suspension strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5 Lower suspension link, swivel joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
5.1 Assembly overview - lower suspension link, swivel joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
5.2 Removing and installing lower suspension link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
5.3 Checking swivel joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
5.4 Removing and installing swivel joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
5.5 Renewing front bonded rubber bush for lower suspension link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
5.6 Renewing rear bonded rubber bush for lower suspension link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
6 Wheel bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
6.1 Assembly overview - wheel bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
6.2 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
6.3 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Contents i
Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019
7 Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

7.1 Overview - drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
7.2 Assembly overview - drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.3 Removing and installing drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
7.4 Loosening and tightening threaded connections of drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
7.5 Removing and installing drive shaft heat shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
7.6 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
7.7 Checking outer constant velocity joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
7.8 Checking inner constant velocity joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
42 - Rear suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

1 Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
1.1 Overview - rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
1.2 Lowering rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
1.3 Removing and installing rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
1.4 Removing and installing shield for rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
2 Subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
2.1 Assembly overview - subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
2.2 Assembly overview - add-on parts for subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
2.3 Fixing position of subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
2.4 Repairing subframe . . . . . . w. a. g.e.n A .G. ..V.o.lk.sw
. a. g.e.n .AG
. .do. e.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
o lks no
3 Anti-roll bar . . . . . . .ed. b.y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t. g.ua. r.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V
206
ris nte
3.1 Assembly overview tho - anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e. o.r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
u
3.2 Removing and sinstalling
sa anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a.c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
3.3 Removing and installing coupling rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
4 Suspension link, track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
itte
y li
erm
ab
4.1 Assembly overview - transverse link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
ility
ot p
4.2 Assembly overview - track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

wit
, is n
4.3 Removing and installing upper transverse link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

h re
hole
spec
4.4 Removing and installing lower transverse link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

es, in part or in w
4.5 Removing and installing track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

t to the co
5 Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

5.1 Assembly overview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
rrectness of i
5.2 Removing and installing shock absorbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

l purpos
5.3 Repairing shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

5.4 Removing and installing spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
nform
ercia
6 Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

6.1 Assembly overview - wheel bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
m
at
om
6.2 Assembly overview - trailing arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

on
c
in t
r
6.3 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

o
his
ate
6.4 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

do
priv
cum
6.5 Renewing bonded rubber bush for wheel bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
for
en
ng
6.6 Removing and installing trailing arm with mounting bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
t.
yi Co
op py
6.7 Repairing trailing arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
7 Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
7.1 Assembly overview - drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote AG.
259
7.2 Loosening and tightening threaded connections of drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
7.3 Removing and installing drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
7.4 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
7.5 Checking outer constant velocity joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
7.6 Checking inner constant velocity joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
43 - Self-levelling suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

1 Electronically controlled damping system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
1.1 Overview of fitting locations - electronically controlled damping system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
ii Contents
1.2 Removing and installing electronically controlled damping control unit J250 . . . . . . . . . . 280
1.3 Removing and installing front body acceleration senders G341 / G342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
1.4 Removing and installing rear left body acceleration sender G699 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
2 Vehicle level sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
2.1 Assembly overview - front vehicle level senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
2.2 Assembly overview - rear vehicle level senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
2.3 Removing and installing front vehicle level senders G78 / G289 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
2.4 Removing and installing rear vehicle level senders G76 / G77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

1 Wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
1.1 Notes for wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
1.2 Conditions for testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
1.3 Test preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
1.4 Specifications for wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
1.5 Wheel alignment procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
1.6 Necessity of wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1.7 Vehicle data sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
1.8 Adjusting camber at front wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
1.9 Adjusting camber on rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
1.10 Adjusting toe at rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
1.11 Adjusting front axle toe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
1.12 Wheel runout compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
1.13 Checking maximum wheel lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
2 Adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
2.1 Calibrating adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
309
wage es n
3 Front camera for y V assist systems . . . . . . . . . .t .gu.a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
olks o 319
b
3.1 Calibratingrisfront
ed camera for driver assist systems ra.nt.e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
ho eo
ut ra
48 - Steering s.s . . .
a
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
ce
le
un
1 Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

pt
an
d
itte
1.1 Assembly overview - steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

y li
erm
ab
1.2 Removing and installing steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

ility
ot p
wit
2 Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

is n
h re
ole,
2.1 Assembly overview - steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
2.2 Checking steering column for damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

t to the co
2.3 Handling and transporting steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

2.4 Removing and installing steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
2.5 Removing and installing control unit for electronic steering column lock J764 . . . . . . . . . . 339
rrectne
3 Steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

s
3.1 Assembly overview - steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

s o
cial p
3.2 Removing and installing steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

f inform
3.3 Removing and installing bellows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

mer
3.4 Removing and installing track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

atio
om
3.5 Removing and installing track rod ball joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

n
c
i
or
n thi
3.6 Repairing steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

te
sd
iva
4 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
pr
cum
r
fo
4.1 Removing and installing steering angle sender G85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Contents iii
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
iv Contents
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
00 – Technical data olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
1 Safety information ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
(VRL012735; Edition 02.2019)
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “1.1 Safety measures when working on vehicles with a start/
ility
ot p
stop system”, page 1
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “1.2 Safety precautions when working on high-voltage system”,
hole
spec
page 1
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “1.3 Safety precautions when working in the vicinity of high-
voltage components”, page 2
⇒ “1.4 Safety precautions when working on subframe”,
rrectness of i
page 2
l purpos
1.1 Safety measures when working on vehicles with a start/stop system
nf
ercia
Risk of injury due to unexpected motor start
orm
m
atio
If the vehicle’s start/stop system is activated, the engine can start
om
unexpectedly. A message in the dash panel insert indicates
n in
or c
whether the start/stop system is activated.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
– Deactivate start/stop system by switching off the ignition.
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
1.2 Safety precautions when working on high-voltage system
cted agen
Prote AG.
Danger to life from high voltage

The high-voltage system is under high voltage. Severe or fatal
injury from electric shock.
– Persons with life-preserving or other electronic medical devi‐
ces in or on their body must not perform any work on the high-
voltage system. Such medical devices include internal anal‐
gesic pumps, implanted defibrillators, pacemakers, insulin
pumps and hearing aids.
– The high-voltage system must be de-energised by a suitably
qualified technician.
Risk of injury due to unexpected motor start

On electric and hybrid vehicles, the operational readiness of the
vehicle is difficult to detect. There is a risk of parts of the body
becoming trapped or drawn in.
– Switch off ignition.
– Always store the ignition key outside the vehicle.
Risk of damage to high-voltage cables

Improper handling of high-voltage cables or high-voltage connec‐
tors may result in damage to their insulation.
– Never support body weight on high-voltage cables or high-
voltage connectors.
1. Safety information 1
– Never support any tools on high-voltage cables or high-volt‐

age connectors.
– Never kink or severely bend high-voltage cables.
– Always observe the coding when connecting high-voltage con‐
nectors.
1.3 Safety precautions when working in the vicinity of high-voltage components

Danger to life from high voltage
The high-voltage system is under high voltage. Damage to high-
voltage components can result in severe or fatal injury from
electric shock.
– Perform visual check of high-voltage components and high-
voltage cables.
– Never use cutting or forming tools, or any other sharp-edged
tools.
– Never use heat sources such as welding, brazing, soldering,
hot air or thermal bonding equipment.
1.4 Safety precautions when working on

subframe wage
e ks s no
Vol t gu
♦ It is not permitted to weld or straighten
db
y load-bearing or wheel- ara
guiding components of the rise
suspension. nte
tho eo
au ra
♦ Always renew corroded
ss nuts and bolts. c
ce
e
nl
pt
♦ Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent.

du
an
itte
Therefore, tighten the bolted connections of components with

y li
erm
ab
bonded rubber bushes only when the wheel bearing housing

ility
ot p
has been raised (unladen state) ⇒ page 6 .

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data

2 Repair instructions
⇒ “2.1 Leaks at shock absorbers”, page 3 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
⇒ “2.2 Noises from shock absorbers”, page 3 d by ara
rise nte
o eo
⇒ “2.3 Checking shock absorbers when removed”, aut page 4
h
ra
ss c
⇒ “2.4 Steering rack”, page 4
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
⇒ “2.5 Gaskets and seals”, page 5
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “2.6 Nuts and bolts”, page 5
ility
ot p
wit
is n
⇒ “2.7 Electrical components”, page 5
h re
ole,
spec
⇒ “2.8 Raising suspension to unladen position (vehicles with coil
springs)”, page 6
t to the co
2.1 Leaks at shock absorbers
rrectne
Shock absorbers are often replaced because of externally visible
leakage. Inspections on the test rig and in the vehicle have shown
that in the majority of cases this replacement is not justified.
ss o
cial p
f
Slight loss of fluid (“sweating”) at the piston rod seal is not a rea‐
inform
son for replacing a shock absorber. An oil sweating shock ab‐
mer
sorber is deemed OK under the following conditions:
atio
om
n
c
♦ Fluid seepage (as shown in the shaded part of the illustration)
i
or
n thi
is visible, but the fluid is dull and possibly dried by dust.
te
sd
iva
o
pr
c
♦ The fluid seepage extends only from the top shock absorber
um
r
fo
seal (piston rod seal) down to the bottom spring plate
en
ng
t.
yi
-arrow-.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.2 Noises from shock absorbers

Shock absorbers are often replaced because of noises (rumbling,
etc.) experienced by the customer. Inspections on the test rig and
in the vehicle have shown that in approx. 70% of these cases
there is no case for complaint. The replacement was not justified.
In the case of complaints regarding rumbling or knocking noises
please proceed as follows.
– Carry out a road test with the customer - if possible on a dry,
uneven road - to establish when, where and how the noises
occur.
Note
These noises are only very rarely caused by the shock absorbers.
2. Repair instructions 3
2.3 Checking shock absorbers when re‐

moved
Defective shock absorbers can be identified by loud rumbling
noises when driving, caused by wheel hopping, especially on bad
roads. Heavy fluid leakage is an additional visual indication.
Note
Shock absorbers are maintenance-free;

n AG. Vshock
olkswagabsorber
en AG
doesfluid can‐
wage
not be topped up. y Volks not
g b ua
ed ran
oris tee
After removal, a shock
au
th absorber can be checked by hand as fol‐ or a
lows: ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
– Compress shock absorber by hand.
du
an
itte
y li
• The piston rod should move smoothly over the entire stroke
erm
ab
ility
with uniform resistance and without jolts.
ot p
wit
, is n
– Release piston rod.
h re
hole
spec
• If the shock absorber has sufficient gas pressure the piston
es, in part or in w
rod will return by itself to its original position.
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ If this is not the case, the shock absorber does not necessarily
need to be renewed. Provided there has been no major loss
of fluid, it will still be as effective as a conventional shock ab‐
nform
ercia
sorber.
m
at
♦ Even without gas pressure, the shock absorber will provide full
om
ion
damping effect as long as there has been no major loss of fluid.

c
in t
or
However, it may produce more noise.

his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
2.4 Steering rack

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
To achieve the desired results when performing repairs on the t. C rig
gh ht
steering rack it is important to work with the greatest possible care pyri by
Vo
co
and cleanliness, and to use proper tools in good condition. Also
by lksw
cted agen
note the basic rules on safety when performing repair procedures.
Prote AG.
A number of general notes on the individual repair procedures,

which can otherwise be found in the relevant sections of the
workshop manual, are summarised here. They apply for this par‐
ticular workshop manual.
The design and function of the electromechanical power steering
is described in the self-study programme ⇒ Self-study programme
No. 317 ; The electromechanical power steering with dual pinion .
♦ Thoroughly clean all unions and the adjacent areas before
disconnecting.
♦ When installing the steering rack, make sure that dowel
sleeves between bracket and steering rack are seated cor‐
rectly.
♦ Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover them to
prevent them from getting dirty. Use sheeting and paper for
this purpose. Use lint-free cloths only.
♦ Install only clean parts; do not remove new parts from pack‐
aging until immediately before installing.
♦ Use only the grease and sealants with specified part numbers.

♦ If repair work cannot be performed immediately, cover new AG. Volkswagen AG d

parts which have been removed from their packing. lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by
2.5 Gaskets and seals d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
♦ Always renew seals and gaskets. ss c
ce
e
nl
♦ When seals have been removed, check contact surface on
pt
du
an
itte
housings or shafts for burrs and damage and rectify as nec‐
y li
erm
ab
essary.
ility
ot p
♦ Completely remove all residue from liquid sealants from the
wit
, is n
h re
sealing surfaces, making sure that no residual sealant gets
hole
into the steering rack housing.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2.6 Nuts and bolts
♦ Loosen and tighten bolts and securing nuts for covers and
rrectness of i
housings diagonally.
l purpos
♦ Avoid canting sensitive parts, such as servo motor with control

unit. Loosen and tighten them diagonally in stages.
nform
ercia
♦ Specified torques given are for unlubricated nuts, bolts and

screws.
m
at
om
io
♦ Always renew self-locking bolts and nuts.
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
g
2.7 Electrical components

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
You have certainly felt an electric shock when you have touched
gh ht
pyri by
something metallic. This is due to the electrostatic charge of the
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
human body. This charge can cause malfunctions if you touch the
agen
Prote AG.
electric steering rack and steering column components.
– Before working on electrical components, touch an earned
object, such as a water pipe or a lifting platform. Do not directly
touch connector contacts.
2.8 Raising suspension to unladen position

(vehicles with coil springs)
⇒ “2.8.1 Raising wheel bearing assembly to unladen position (ve‐
hicles with coil springs), front axle, Passat, Passat Estate”,
page 6
hicles with coil springs), front axle, Arteon”, page 8
hicles with coil springs), front axle, Passat, Passat Estate”,
page 11
hicles with coil springs), rear axle, Arteon”, page 13
2.8.1 Raising wheel bearing assembly to unladen position (vehicles with coil
springs), front axle, Passat, Passat Estate
Special tools and workshop

equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox

r
rp
cu
o
jack - V.A.G 1383 A-

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Tensioning strap - T10038- C py
ht. rig
rig ht
♦ Support - T10149-
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Caution
All bolts on running gear components with bonded rubber

bushes may be tightened only when the component is in the
unladen position (normal position).
Bonded rubber bushes can bewatwisted
gen AG only to anlimited
. Volkswage AG
doe extent.
olks s no
Axle components withedbonded rubber bushes must therefore
V gu t
by ara
be brought to a position
horis equivalent to the unladen (normal) po‐ nte
eo
sition before being
s aut tightened. ra
c s
Otherwise, the bonded rubber bush would be subject to torsion
ce
e
nl
pt
du
loading, shortening its service life.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
To simulate this position on the lifting platform, raise the respec‐
wit
, is n
tive suspension with the engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or
h re
hole
engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- and support - T10149- .
spec
es, in part or in w
Before the respective wheel suspension is raised, the vehicle
t to the co
must be strapped to the lifting platform arms using tensioning
straps - T10038- .
rrectness of i
WARNING
l purpos
If the vehicle is not strapped down, there is a danger that the
nf
ercia
vehicle will slip off the lifting platform!
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the top.
or
thi
te
sd
a
– Attach support - T10149- to wheel hub using wheel bolt.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
Respective nuts and bolts may be tightened only when dimension

f
en
ng
t.
yi
-a- between the centre of wheel hub and edge of wheel housing
Co
op py
has been attained. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
The dimension -a- depends on the ride height of the installed run‐
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
ning gear: Prote AG.
Running gear 1) PR numbers Ride height -a- in mm

Base G01 394 ± 10 mm
Sport G02 379 ± 10 mm
Raised running G03, G05, G06 409 ± 10 mm
gear
DCC G04 384 ± 10 mm
Special vehicles UC7, UC9 409 ± 10 mm
raised running
gear / DCC
Special vehicles, 1JI 394 ± 10 mm
fully automatic ride
height setting
1)The type of running gear fitted to the vehicle is recorded on the
vehicle data sticker. The running gear is identified by the PR
number. Allocation of PR number to corresponding running gear

⇒ page 302 .
– Raise wheel bearing housing using engine and gearbox jack

- VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- until
dimension -a- is attained.
WARNING
♦ Do not raise or lower the vehicle while the engine and

gearbox jack is positioned under the vehicle.
♦ Do not leave the engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or
engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- under the vehicle
longer than necessary.
– Tighten respective nuts and bolts.

– Lower wheel bearing housing.
– Pull out engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine and
gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- from underneath the vehicle.
– Detach support - T10149- .
springs), front axle, Arteon n AG. Volkswagen AG
age does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


equipment required
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox cop Vo
by lksw
jack - V.A.G 1383 A- cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Tensioning strap - T10038-

Caution

Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent.
Axle components with bonded rubber bushes must therefore
be brought to a position equivalent to the unladen (normal) po‐
sition before being tightened.

tive suspension with the engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or
engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- and support - T10149- .
Before the respective wheel suspension is raised, the vehicle

must be strapped to the lifting platform arms using tensioning
straps - T10038- .
WARNING

– Attach support - T10149- to wheel hub using wheel bolt.
has been attained.
ning gear:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
PR numbers Ride height -a- in mm

ility
Running gear 1)
ot p
wit
is n
Standard/adaptive G02/G12 391 ± 10 mm

h re
ole,
chassis control
spec
DCC
t to the co
Raised running G14 406 ± 10 mm

gear
DCC sport G15 386 ± 10 mm
rrectne

ss

o
cial p

inform
⇒ page 302 .
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi

te
sd
a
- VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- until

iv
o
pr
dimension -a- is attained.

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
WARNING t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen

– Detach support - T10149- .

springs), front axle, Passat, Passat Estate

equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Caution


tive axle with the engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine
and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- and support - T10149- .
Before the axle on one side is raised, both sides gof the
en AG. Vvehicle
olkswagen AG
does
must be strapped to the lifting platform arms ol swa tensioning
kwith not
y V gu
straps - T10038- . ise
d b ara
n r tee
ho
1- Tensioning strap - T10038-s aut or
ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
WARNING
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Attach support - T10149- with a wheel bolt.
rrectness of i
l purpos
has been attained.

nform
ercia
ning gear:
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Running gear 1) PR numbers Prote
cted AG.
agen
Ride height -a- in mm
Base G01 391 ± 10 mm
Sport G02 376 ± 10 mm
Raised running G03, G05, G06 406 ± 10 mm
gear
DCC G04 381 ± 10 mm
Special vehicles UC7, UC9 406 ± 10 mm
raised running
gear / DCC
Special vehicles, 1JI 391 ± 10 mm
fully automatic ride
height setting
⇒ page 302 .

until dimension -a- is attained.

WARNING

♦ Do not leave engine and gearbox jack under vehicle lon‐
ger than necessary.

– Remove support - T10149- .
springs), rear axle, Arteon
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Special tools and byV
workshop gu
ara
ed
equipmentthrequired
oris nte
eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Support - T10149- agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Caution horise nte
eo
ut ra
s a c
All bolts on running gear components with bonded rubber s
ce
le

un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
tive axle with the engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine
and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- and support - T10149- .
nform
ercia
Before the axle on one side is raised, both sides of the vehicle
m
a
must be strapped to the lifting platform arms with tensioning
com
tio
straps - T10038- .
n in
r
te o
thi
1- Tensioning strap - T10038-
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
WARNING
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Attach support - T10149- with a wheel bolt.

has been attained.
ning gear:
Running gear 1) PR numbers Ride height -a- in mm

Standard/adaptive G02/G12 396 ± 10 mm
chassis control
DCC
Raised running G14 411 ± 10 mm
gear
DCC sport G15 391 ± 10 mm
⇒ page 302 .


until dimension -a- is attained.
WARNING

♦ Do not leave engine and gearbox jack under vehicle lon‐
ger than necessary.

– Remove support - T10149- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3 Evaluating accident vehicles

⇒ “3.1 Check list for evaluating running gear on accident vehi‐
cles”, page 16
3.1 Check list for evaluating running gear on

accident vehicles
Damage to running gear may go unnoticed during repairs to load-
bearing and suspension parts of accident vehicles. Under certain
circumstances, this undiscovered damage could lead to serious
consequential damage during later vehicle operation. Therefore,
the following parts of accident vehicles must be examinedgein n Athe
G. Volkswagen AG d
manner and order described independent of wheel Valignment
olks
wa oes
not
which may have to be performed. If no deviations ed bfrom specifica‐
y gu
ara
tions are measured during wheel alignment,hothere
ris are no defor‐ nte
eo
mations of the running gear. sa
ut ra
c s
Visual and functional examination of steering system
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
♦ Visual examination for deformation and cracks
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Examination for play in track rod joints and steering rack
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Visual examination for tears in boots
h re
hole
spec
♦ Examine electrical and hydraulic lines and hoses for chafing,
es, in part or in w
cuts and kinks.
t to the co
♦ Check hydraulic lines, threaded connections and steering rack
for leaks.
rrectness of i
♦ Check steering rack and lines for secure seating
l purpos
♦ Check for flawless function from lock to lock by moving the

steering from stop to stop. In the process, the steering wheel
nform
ercia
must turn with a constant force without resistance.

m
at
Visual inspection and functional check of running gear
om
ion
c
in t
r
• Adhere to the sequence of the following inspection steps!

o
his
ate
do
riv
♦ Check all components shown in the assembly overviews for

p
cum
deformation, cracks and other damage.

for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Renew damaged parts t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
♦ Align wheels on a Volkswagen AG-approved wheel alignment yri
p by
o Vo
stand
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Visual and functional check of wheels and tyres
♦ Check for true running and imbalance.
♦ Check tyres for cuts and impact damage in the tread and on
the flanks ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44 ; Evaluating
tyres .
♦ Check tyre inflation pressure; information on mandatory tyre
inflation pressure can be found on a sticker attached to B-pillar
on driver side or to inside of tank flap.
If rim of wheel and/or tyre is damaged, renew tyre. This also ap‐
plies if the circumstances of the accident and the damage to the
vehicle indicate possible damage which is not visible.
A further factor in the decision is the age of the tyre. Tyres should
not be older than 6 years.
If in doubt, the following always applies:
• Whenever a safety risk cannot be excluded, the tyre(s) must
be renewed.

Complete vehicle
Also check other vehicle systems such as:
♦ Brake system including ABS
♦ Visual and functional examination of exhaust system and pas‐
senger protection
Specifications for testing and adjusting can be found in the re‐
spective workshop manual in ELSA.
The accident vehicle check described here applies to the running
gear. This makes no claim to completeness for the overall vehicle.
Electronic vehicle systems
Safety-relevant systems such as ABS/EDL; airbags; electronical‐
ly regulated suspension systems; electromechanical or electro‐
hydraulic steering and other driver assist systems must be read
with the ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester for possibly stored fault mes‐
sages. If faults are saved in the event memories of the systems
mentioned above, repair them according to instructions in work‐
shop manuals in ELSA. Following repairs, read event memories
of the affected systems again to ensure that complete function
has been restored.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Evaluating accident vehicles 17

4 Waste disposal
⇒ “4.1 Releasing gas and draining front gas-filled shock absorb‐
ers”, page 18
⇒ “4.2 Releasing gas and draining rear gas-filled shock absorb‐
ers”, page 20
4.1 Releasing gas and draining front gas-fil‐

led shock absorbers
⇒ “4.1.1 Releasing gas and draining front gas-filled shock ab‐
sorbers, conventional shock absorbers”, page 18
⇒ “4.1.2 Releasing gas and draining front gas-filled shock ab‐
sorbers, DCC shock absorbers”, page 19
4.1.1 Releasing gas and draining front gas-fil‐

led shock absorbers, conventional
shock absorbers
– Clamp gas-filled shock absorber vertically in vice, with piston
rod pointing downwards.
WARNING
Safety goggles must be worn when drilling.
– Drill a 3 mm hole -A- through outer tube of shock absorber.

en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
Note thoris eo
au ra
c
ss
Gas escapes upon penetration.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Continue drilling until the inner tube has been penetrated (ap‐
erm
ab
prox. 25 mm deep).
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Drill a 6 mm hole -B- through outer and inner tube of shock

h re
ole,
absorber.
spec
– Hold shock absorber over an oil drip tray. Move the piston rod
t to the co
back and forth over its full extension until no further oil es‐
capes.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.1.2 Releasing gas and draining front gas-fil‐

led shock absorbers, DCC shock ab‐
sorbers
– Clamp gas-filled shock absorber vertically in vice.
WARNING
– Drill a 3 mm hole -A- through outer tube of shock absorber. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
Note horis nte
eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
prox. 25 mm deep).
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
absorber.
ole,
spec
t to the co
capes.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Waste disposal 19
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019 AG. Volkswagen
n AG do
wage es n
olks ot g
4.2 Releasing gas and draining rear gas-fil‐
V
by ua
ed ran
ris tee
led shock absorbers tho
or
au ac
ss
⇒ “4.2.1 Releasing gas and draining rear gas-filled shock absorb‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
ers, conventional shock absorbers”, page 20
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “4.2.2 Releasing gas and draining rear gas-filled shock absorb‐
ility
ot p
ers, DCC shock absorbers”, page 21
wit
, is n
h re
4.2.1 Releasing gas and draining rear gas-fil‐
hole
spec
led shock absorbers, conventional
es, in part or in w
t to the co
shock absorbers
rrectness of i
l purpos
WARNING
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Note
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Gas escapes upon penetration. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
prox. 25 mm deep).
AG.

absorber.
capes.

4.2.2 Releasing gas and draining rear gas-fil‐

led shock absorbers, DCC shock ab‐
sorbers
WARNING

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or
aut
h eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
prox. 25 mm deep).
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
absorber.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
capes.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Waste disposal 21
40 – Front suspension
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
1 Front axle ed byV
ol not
gu
ara
ris nte
⇒ “1.1 Overview of fitting locations - front aaxle”,
ut
ho
page 22 eo
ra
ss c
1.1 Overview of fitting locations - front axle
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
1 - Suspension strut
ility
ot p
wit
❑ Right
, is n
h re
❑ Assembly overview
hole
spec
⇒ page 59
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 60
2 - Support
rrectness of i
❑ Right
l purpos
3 - Support
❑ Left
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
❑ Left
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
⇒ page 59
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
⇒ page 60
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
5 - Wheel bearing rig ht
py by
o Vo
❑ Left
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 95
wheel bearing housing
⇒ page 96
wheel bearing unit
⇒ page 101
6 - Lower suspension link
❑ Left
⇒ page 71
⇒ page 72
7 - Coupling rod
❑ Left
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 57
8 - Drive shaft
❑ Left
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 106
9 - Subframe
❑ Removing and installing subframe without steering rack ⇒ page 24
❑ Removing and installing subframe with steering rack ⇒ page 29
22 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension

❑ Removing and installing anti-roll bar with rubber mounting ⇒ page 52
10 - Anti-roll bar
11 - Drive shaft
❑ Right
❑ Right
13 - Coupling rod
❑ Right
14 - Wheel bearing
❑ Right
❑ Removing and installing wheel bearing housing ⇒ page 96
❑ Removing and installing wheel bearing unit ⇒ page 101
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Front axle 23
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
2 Subframe d by Vol not
gu
ara
rise nte
⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - subframe”, page 24 autho eo
ra
ss c
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing subframe without steering rack”,
ce
e
nl
page 24
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “2.3 Removing and installing subframe with steering rack”, page
erm
ab
29
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ “2.4 Repairing subframe”, page 36
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “2.5 Repairing thread in longitudinal member”, page 44
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “2.6 Fixing position of subframe”, page 44
⇒ “2.7 Lowering subframe”, page 47
rrectness of i
2.1 Assembly overview - subframe
l purpos
1 - Subframe
nf
ercia
or
❑ Fixing position
m
m
atio
⇒ page 44
om
n in
c
❑ Lowering ⇒ page 47
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
without steering rack

rp
cu
o
m
⇒ page 24
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Removing and installing t. Cop py
with steering rack
rig
gh ht
yri by
⇒ page 29 cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
2 - Spacer
AG.
❑ Always insert between

subframe and body
3 - Upper bonded rubber bush
for pendulum support
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 36
4 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +180°
5 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm +90°
6 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +180°
7 - Left support
8 - Lower bonded rubber bush
for pendulum support
9 - Right support
2.2 Removing and installing subframe with‐

out steering rack
Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Removing auth or
ac
ss ce
e
nl
pt
du
Note
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
The subframe is removed together with the suspension links.

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Loosen wheel bolts.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Raise vehicle.
t to the co
– Remove wheels.
– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
rrectness of i
terior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -

noise insulation .
l purpos
– Detach exhaust system bracket from subframe -arrows-.

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 25
– Remove bolts -1- for pendulum support.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove hexagon nut -1- from coupling rod -3- (left and right
wit
sides).
, is n
h re
hole
– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right side.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
io
– Remove nuts -arrows- on left and right sides of vehicle.
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender -
G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender - G289- , as
applicable.
Continued for all vehicles

– Pull wiring harness -3- clips -1- and -2- off subframe and steer‐
ing rack.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Remove bolts -1- for steering rack.
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Prise steering rack out of dowel sleeves of subframe.
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Place engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine and

m
at
gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under subframe.
om
ion
c
in t
r
– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 44 and lower approx. 10 cm.

o
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pull out spreader clip -arrow-.

– Lower subframe using engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931-
or engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- .
2. Subframe 27
– Secure subframe on engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or

engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- .
– Secure steering rack to body.
Installing
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, noting the follow‐
ing:
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Always make sure that intermediate plate -1-
olksis inserted be‐
wag does
not
tween subframe -2- and body. ed
byV gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Position steering rack -1- on subframe.
rrectne
– Threaded sleeves -2- of steering rack must be inserted in
holes in subframe -arrow-.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

– On vehicles with gvehicle
AG. Volevel
lkswagsender,
en AG carry out basic setting
a en does
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
Volksw tester. not
g
y ua
db ran
Specified
or torques
ise tee
h
ut or
♦ s⇒s a “2.1 Assembly overview - subframe”, page 24 ac
ce
e
nl
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - steering rack”, page 342
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheels,
erm
ab
tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10 ; Assembly mount‐
h re
ings; Assembly overview - assembly mountings .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
t to the co
Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise in‐
sulation .
rrectness of i
♦ Exhaust system to subframe ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust pipes/
silencers; Assembly overview - silencer .
l purpos
♦ Dash panel cover on driver side ⇒ General body repairs, in‐

terior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments and covers; Removing and
nform
ercia
installing dash panel cover on driver side

m
at
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road test
om
even though locating pins - T10486/1- were used, check wheel ion
c
in t
or
alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results must be

his
ate
archived in the vehicle files.

do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
2.3 Removing and installing subframe with

t.
yi Co
Cop py
steering rack
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Ball joint puller - T10187-
2. Subframe 29
Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position and remove ig‐
nition key so that the steering lock engages.
Vehicles with keyless entry and start system “Keyless Access”
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery;
Disconnecting and reconnecting battery .
– Remove dash panel trim on driver side ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing
and installing dash panel trim on driver side .
– Fold floor covering to the rear.
– Unscrew bolt -1- from universal joint -2- and pull off universal
joint in -direction of arrow-.
Caution
The following work must not be performed while the universal

joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery
♦ Switch on ignition
♦ Turn steering mechanism
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Turn steering column agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
These points must absolutely be heeded because rised otherwise, nte
irreparable damage may be caused. aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Loosen wheel bolts. an

itte
y li
erm
ab
– Raise vehicle. ility
ot p
wit
– Remove wheels.
, is n
h re
hole

spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
noise insulation .

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
sides).
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Pull swivel joint out of suspension link. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove complete‐
ly.
Caution
To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.
– Push track rod ball joint off wheel bearing housing and remove
nut.
1- Ball joint puller - T10187-
2. Subframe 31

applicable.
– Disconnect connector -1- for oil level and oil temperature

sender - G266- .
– If installed, disconnect connector -2- on continued coolant cir‐
culation pump - V51- . To do this, open locking device -3- by
pressing in direction of -arrow- and release connector.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ing rack.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under subframe. . C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

LHD only
Vehicles with longer head shield
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- and remove heat shield -1- from steer‐
ing rack.
Note
Different heat shields -1- are installed depending on the engine.

On some engines it is possible to access the connectors for the
steering rack without removing the heat shield.
Continuation for all scenarios
– Disconnect connectors -1- and -2- from steering rack.
– Unclip wiring harness -1- from steering rack -2- -arrows-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
RHD only
t to the co

rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 33

Continuation for both sides

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
– Secure subframe to engine and gearbox
ss a
jack - VAS 6931- or c
engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- using the included
ce
e
nl
pt
du
tensioning strap.
an
itte
y li
erm
Installing
ab
ility
ot p
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐

wit
, is n
lowing:
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Renew seal -1-.

– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber lip
makes contacts with collar all round -arrows-.
– Make sure that seal -1- is firmly seated.
– Coat seal with lubricant e.g. soft soap from above.
– Always make sure that intermediate plate -1- is inserted be‐

tween subframe -2- and body.
Note
♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure that
the seal is not kinked against the assembly plate on the steer‐
ing rack. The opening to the footwell must be sealed correctly.
Otherwise, this can result in water leaks and/or noise.
♦ Ensure sealing surfaces are clean.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
35
AG.
2. Subframe

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - subframe”, page 24
♦ ⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview - lower suspension link, swivel
joint”, page 71
♦ ⇒ “6.1 Assembly overview - wheel bearing”, page 95
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - steering column”, page 329
AG. Volkswagen
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres wGuide;
agen Rep. gr. 44A;GWheels,
does
olks not
tyres; Specified torque fordwheel
by
V bolts gu
a
e ran
ris tee
♦ Bolts for pendulum support
ut
ho ⇒ Rep. gr. 10 ; Assembly mount‐ or
ings; Assembly overview
ss
a - assembly mountings . ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
sulation .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Double clamp for exhaust pipes ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust pipes/
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
♦ Exhaust system bracket to subframe ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust
es, in part or in w
pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer .
t to the co
installing dash panel cover on driver side rrectness of i
l purpos
even though locating pins - T10486/1- were used, check wheel
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
2.4 Repairing subframe

c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ Assembly tool - T10205-

nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
♦ Hydraulic cylinder - VAS 6178-

r
te o
thi
♦ Foot pump - VAS 6179-

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
♦ Assembly tool - VAS 6779A-

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Thrust plate - VW 401- t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 37
♦ Press tool - VW 412-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Renewing bonded rubber bushes for pendulum support
t to the co
– Remove front noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation .
rrectne
s
sides).
s o
cial p
f i
nform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove bolts -1- for anti-roll bar.
• Leave the anti-roll bar in its installation position in the vehicle.
– Remove pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10 ; Assembly mount‐
ings; Removing and installing pendulum support .
Pressing out bonded rubber bush

– Fit assembly tool - VAS 6779A- to subframe as shown in il‐
lustration.
– Place thrust piece for removal - VAS 6779-1- -1- on bonded
rubber bush so that flattened side -arrow- faces to direction of
travel.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1 - Thrust piece for removal - VAS 6779/1-

2 - Tube - VAS 6779/4- with small outside diameter facing sub‐
frame
3 - Thrust piece - VAS 6779/5-
4 - Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- with thrust piece - T10205/13-
5 - Hexagon nut - VAS 6779/3-
6 - Threaded spindle - VAS 6779/2-
2. Subframe 39
– Press out both bonded rubber bushes until upper bonded rub‐
ber bush -2- is visible in pendulum support opening -arrow- in
subframe.
– Carry out visual check of outer ring of upper bonded rubber
bush -2-.
• If outer ring of upper bonded rubber bush -2- is deformed, de‐
stroy it through opening of pendulum support -arrow- in pen‐
dulum support.
– Using a chisel or similar -1-, create a break in the outer ring of
the upper bonded rubber bush -2-.
Note
This process is necessary to prevent the canting of the outer ring

of the upper bonded rubber bush in the area of the opening of the
pendulum support in the subframe.
– Press out both bonded rubber bushes together. wagen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
lks o sn ot g
yV ua
db
Preparing bonded rubber bush for pressing ri in
se ran
tee
ho
ut or
– Place both bonded rubber bushes s-1-
s and -2- together
a so that ac
the cut-outs -arrows- line up precisely.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Bolt bonded rubber bushes -1- and -2- hand-tight together us‐
itte
y li
ing original bolt -3-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Insert bonded rubber bushes -1- into larger diameter of tube -
l purpos
VAS 6779/6- -2- with bolt head facing upwards.

– Align bonded rubber bushes -1- in tube - VAS 6779/6- -2-. The
nf
ercia
cut-out in the bonded rubber bush must align exactly with the
or
recess -arrow- in the tube - VAS 6779/6- -2-.

m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press in bonded rubber bush -3- in tube - VAS 6779/6- to stop,

as illustrated.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
1- Press tool - VW 412- olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
2- Thrust piece - VAS 6779/5- , the side with the letteringrise »A« nte
ho eo
must face upwards. s aut ra
c
s
3- Bonded rubber bush
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
4- Funnel - VAS 6779/6-
y li
erm
ab
ility
5- Tube - VAS 6779/4-
ot p
wit
, is n
6- Pressure plate - VW 401-
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Turn support ring - VAS 6779/11- -1- in -direction of arrow- so

that lug -arrow- faces rearwards.
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Fit counterhold - VAS 6779/7- -1- from the left in

-direction of arrow- on support ring - VAS 6779/11- -2-.
2. Subframe 41
– Insert counterhold attachment - VAS 6779/7-1A- -1- into pen‐

dulum support opening in subframe.
– Bolt insert - VAS 6779/7-1A- to counterhold - VAS 6779/7-
-2- using bolt -arrow-.
– Ensure that the insert - VAS 6779/7-1A- -1- is correctly seated
in the pendulum support opening of the subframe -arrow-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
Pressing in bonded rubber bush

un
pt
an
d
itte
– Screw threaded spindle - VAS 6779/2- -7- into counterhold -

y li
erm
ab
VAS 6779/7- -1-
ility
ot p
– Fit assembly tool - VAS 6779A- to subframe as shown in il‐ wit

is n
h re
lustration.
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
1 - Counter-hold tool - VAS 6779/7-

h re
hole
spec
2 - Tube - VAS 6779/6- , -arrow mark- on tube must align centrally

es, in part or in w
between both bolts -arrow-.

t to the co
3 - Thrust piece - VAS 6779/9-

rrectness of i
4 - Stepped ring - VAS 6779/8- : the mark -III- on stepped ring

must face towards lug -arrow B- on thrust piece - VAS 6779/9- .
l purpos

nform
ercia
6 - Hexagon nut - VAS 6779/3-

m
7 - Threaded spindle - VAS 6779/2-

at
om
ion
c
– Press in both bonded rubber bushes together.

in t
or
his
ate
– Remove assembly tool - VAS 6779A- from subframe and

do
priv
check pressed-in bonded rubber bushes are properly seated.

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
– Bolt anti-roll bar to subframe and coupling rods.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Install pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10 ; Assembly mountings; rig ht
py by
Removing and installing pendulum support .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install front noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
sulation .
2. Subframe 43
Specified torques
sulation .
2.5 Repairing thread in longitudinal member

Repairing the thread in welded nuts in the longitudinal member is
possible under certain conditions; Body repair ⇒ Body Repairs;
Rep. gr. 50 .
2.6 Fixing position of subframe olksw

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
Note s aut ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
♦ Certain repairs on vehicles require the removal of the sub‐
pt
du
an
frame or the entire front axle.
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ The original position of the subframe relative to the body can
ility
ot p
be retained with the aid of qty. 4 locating pins - T10486/1- .
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Qty. 2 locating pins - T10486/1- are a part of locating device -
hole
spec
T10486- . When locating device - T10486- is already being
es, in part or in w
employed, then only the addition of qty. 2 locating pins -
t to the co
T10486/1- are required.
♦ If the locating device - T10486- is not being employed, then
rrectness of i
use locating device - T10486 A- . This contains qty. 4 locating
pins - T10486/1- and qty. 2 locating pins - T10486/2- . The
l purpos
locating pins - T10486/2- are not required for the following

process.
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
♦ Locating pins - T10486A-
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

wage es n
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G
yV
olks 1332- ot g
ua
b
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
– Remove front and rear noise insulation ⇒ General body re‐
lksw
cted agen
Prote
pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assembly over‐
AG.
view - noise insulation .

– Unbolt pendulum support bolts -1- from gearbox.

– If necessary, clean thread of locating pins - T10486/1- .
2. Subframe 45
• To fix position of subframe, locating pins - T10486/1- must be

screwed one after the other into positions -3-, -5-, -7- and
-8-.
Note
The locating pins - T10486/1- must NOT be tightened to more

than 20 Nm, otherwise the threads of the locating pin will be dam‐
aged.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Fixing position of subframe at
yV
orear
lksw not
gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
– Unscrew bolts -1-.au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
– Remove bolt -3- and remove support -4-.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Insert locating pins - T10486/1- -1- and tighten to 20 Nm.

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Unscrew bolts -2-.

– Remove bolt -5- and remove support -6-.
– Insert locating pins - T10486/1- and tighten to 20 Nm.
Fixing position of subframe at front

– Unscrew bolt -8-.
– Insert locating pins - T10486/1- -1- and tighten to 20 Nm.

– Insert locating pins - T10486/1- and tighten to 20 Nm.
• The fixing of the subframe is completed when all the above
mentioned bolts have been replaced AG. Voconsecutively
lkswagen AG with the
agen does
locating pins - T10486/1-
Volk.sw not
y gu
db ara
• The position of the
or subframe is now fixed.
ise nte
eo
h
ut ra
Remove locating
ss pins - T10486/1-
a c
ce
e
nl
Removal is carried out in the reverse sequence, noting the fol‐

pt
du
an
lowing:
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Always only unscrew one locating pin at a time and replace it

ility
ot p
with a new bolt.

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Specified torques
rrectness of i

l purpos

nf
ercia

or
sulation .
m
m
atio
m
o
n in
or c

thi
e

t
sd
iva

r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
2.7 Lowering subframe Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 47
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Removing
t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
um
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Vehicles with keyless entry and start system “Keyless Access”
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering by c lksw
cted agen
lock engages. Prote AG.


Caution

♦ Connect battery
♦ Turn steering column
These points must absolutely be heeded because otherwise,
irreparable damage may be caused. . Volkswage
n AG n AG d
wage oes
Volks not
gu
by ara
d
– Remove lower noise oris insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐ ntee
e
terior; Rep. gr. a66
u ; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
th or
ac
noise insulation
ss .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia

rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
sides).
2. Subframe 49

applicable.
Continued for all vehicles lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
Be sure to observe the electrical wiring of the steering and the
l purpos
wiring of oil level and oil temperature senders - G266- to avoid

overstretching them.
nform
mercia
Installing
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
ing:
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Renew seal -1-.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber lip C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Make sure that seal -1- is firmly seated. cted agen
Prote AG.


Note
♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure that
ing rack. The opening to the footwell must seal correctly.
– Removing locating pins - T10486/1- ⇒ page 47 .

⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
ksw not
Specified torques y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
ris
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - subframe”,upage
tho 24 eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
sulation .
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 51
3 Anti-roll bar
⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar”, page 52
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing anti-roll bar”, page 52
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing coupling rod”, page 57
3.1 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar
1 - Anti-roll bar
❑ With rubber bush.
⇒ page 52
3 - Nut
❑ When tightening, coun‐
terhold on multipoint
socket of joint stub.
❑ 65 Nm
wage es n
4 - Coupling rod yV
olks ot g
ua
d b
❑ Removing o
ir seand installing
ran
tee
⇒ page au 57
th or
ac
ss
5 - Subframe
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ Fixing position
an
itte
y li
⇒ page 44
erm
ab
ility
❑ Lowering ⇒ page 47
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
without steering rack

hole
spec
⇒ page 24
es, in part or in w
t to the co

with steering rack
⇒ page 29
rrectness of i
6 - Bolt
l purpos

❑ 20 Nm +180°
nform
ercia
7 - Nut
m
at
om

ion
c
terhold on multipoint
in t
or
socket of joint stub.

his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
❑ 65 Nm
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
3.2 Removing and installing anti-roll bar
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Removing agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Loosen wheel bolts. ed by
V gu
ara
ris nte
o
– Raise vehicle. aut
h eo
ra
ss c
– Remove wheels.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an

itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
noise insulation .
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Anti-roll bar 53
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
– Remove hexagon nut -1- from coupling rod -3- (leftss and right
a ac
sides).
ce
le
un
pt
an
– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right side. d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectnes
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

applicable.

– Unscrew nut -1-.

– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender - G78- or front
right vehicle level sender - G289- out of suspension link -3-.

– Remove front left vehicle level sender - G78- -2- and/or front
right vehicle level sender - G289- , as applicable.
ing rack.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove bolts -1- for anti-roll bar.

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Anti-roll bar 55



or engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- far enough to
remove anti-roll bar rearwards.
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
wag does
Installing olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
Carry out installation
tho in the reverse sequence, noting the follow‐ eo
ing: au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia
Note
at
om
ion
c
in t
r
♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
o
his
te
outside of the vehicle.

a
do
priv
cum
or
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer hole

f
en
ng
in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level sender must

t.
yi Co
op
engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct installation
C py
t. rig
gh
position.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar”, page 52
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - front vehicle level senders”, page
288
sulation .
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road atestgen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
even though locating pins - T10486/1- were used, check Volwheel
ksw not
gu
y
alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test resultsed b must be ara
nte
is
archived in the vehicle files. thor eo
au ra
c
ss
3.3 Removing and installing coupling rod
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
Removing
thi
te
sd
iva
– Raise vehicle.
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
– Unscrew nut -arrow- and pull coupling rod -1- off suspension
en
ng
t.
yi Co
strut. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Anti-roll bar 57
– Unscrew hexagon nut -1- from coupling rod -3-.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2-.
Installing
ing:
• Tighten nuts of coupling rod on suspension strut/anti-roll bar,
if necessary, counterhold at multi-point socket head.
Specified torques
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Suspension strut, upper suspension

link
⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - suspension strut, upper suspension
link”, page 59
⇒ “4.2 Removing and installing suspension strut”, page 60
⇒ “4.3 Repairing suspension strut”, page 67
4.1 Assembly overview - suspension strut, upper suspension link
1 - Spring seat
❑ Observe installation po‐
sition
2 - Shock absorbers
❑ Different versions avail‐
able ⇒ Electronic parts agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
catalogue “ETKA” olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
3 - Bolt horis nte
eo
ut ra
❑ Renew after removal ss a c
ce
le
❑ Tip of bolt must point in

un
pt
direction of travel.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
❑ 70 Nm +180°
ab
pe
ility
ot
4 - Wheel bearing housing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
able ⇒ Electronic parts
es, in part or in w
catalogue “ETKA”
t to the co
5 - Nut
rrectness of i
6 - Protective cover
l purpos

nform
ercia
m
7 - Coil spring a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi
⇒ page 67
s
iva
do
❑ Surface of spring coil

r
rp
cum
fo
must not be damaged.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Different versions avail‐ Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
8 - Deep groove ball thrust
Prote AG.
bearing
9 - Buffer stop
❑ Different versions available ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
10 - Suspension strut mounting
❑ Note correct installation position ⇒ page 65 .
11 - Nut
❑ 60 Nm
4. Suspension strut, upper suspension link 59

12 - Body - front
AG. Volkswagen AG d
13 - Bolt ksw
agen oes
not
Vol gu
❑ Renew after removaled
by ara
nte
ris
❑ 15 Nm +90° ut ho eo
ra
a c
ss
14 - Cover
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
4.2 Removing and installing suspension strut
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
equipment required
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Spreader - 3424-

♦ Ejector - T10520-
Removing
– Loosen drive shaft bolt at wheel hub ⇒ page 129 .
Caution AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt secur‐ise
d b ara
nte
ing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened. uthor eo
ra
s a c
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
s will
ce
le
be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel bearing.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
erm
ab
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
h re
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle must
ole,
spec
nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
t to the co
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f
– Raise vehicle.
inform
mer
– Remove wheel.
atio
om
– Unscrew nut -arrow- and pull coupling rod -1- off suspension
n
c
i
or
n
strut.
thi
te
sd
va
– Detach wire for ABS speed sensor from suspension strut.

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Remove nuts -arrows-

– Pull wheel bearing housing with swivel joint out of suspension
link.
– Pull outer joint of drive shaft out of wheel hub.
If the drive shaft cannot be pulled out of the wheel bearing by
hand, use ejector - T10520- .
Before using press tool - T10520- ensure that thrust piece -1- is
inserted.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Using ejector - T10520- :

rrectne
– To press out drive shaft -3-, secure ejector - T10520- -1- to

wheel hub using 3 wheel bolts -2-.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.

I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.
II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with ejector - T10520- .
Note
At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft further,
the spindle must be moved to its original position in order to apply
the hydraulic force.
– Secure drive shaft to body

agen with wire.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Caution
ho
ris tee
t or
s au ac
Do not allow
s
the drive shaft to hang down under its own weight,
ce
e
nl
for this would allow the inner joint to bend too far and be dam‐
pt
du
an
aged.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Vehicles with adaptive chassis control DCC
hole
spec
– Disconnect connector -1- on shock absorber -2-.
es, in part or in w
Note t to the co
rrectness of i
If there is moisture in the area of the connector, blow compressed

l purpos
air on the contacts on the shock absorber and the connector.

nf
ercia

orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
– Insert a screwdriver -1- into brake disc between brake caliper

sd
iva
and brake carrier.

r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Secure engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine and

t.
yi Co
op
gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- -2- to wheel hub using a wheel C py
ht. rig
bolt. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING
♦ Do not lift or lower the vehicle while the engine and gear‐
box jack - VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G
1383 A- is under the vehicle. The vehicle could slip off the
lifting platform.

– Separate threaded connection between wheel bearing hous‐

ing and suspension strut -arrow-.
– Insert spreader - 3424- in slot in wheel bearing housing.
Note
Make sure that the spreader - 3424- is only inserted into the wheel AG. Volkswagen AG d
bearing housing. Insert sufficiently to ensure that the metal tab ofolkswagen oes
not
the suspension strut is not damaged. db
y V gu
ar
e an
ris tee
tho or
– Turn ratchet handle through 90° and detach from sspreader
au - ac
3424- . s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Press brake disc towards suspension strut by hand.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Otherwise the shock absorber tube can cant in the bore of the
ility
ot p
wheel bearing housing.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Lower wheel bearing housing -1- in -direction of arrow- using
spec
engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox
es, in part or in w
t to the co
jack - V.A.G 1383 A- .
– Lower wheel bearing housing -1- until shock absorber is hang‐
ing free -arrow-.
rrectness of i
– Bolt swivel joint to suspension link again and tighten wheel
l purpos
bearing housing to subframe.

– Remove engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine and
nf
ercia
o
gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
rm
m
atio
om
n in
c
WARNING
or
thi
te
sd
iva

r
rp
cu
o

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Pull seal off entire length of plenum chamber cover.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Detach clips.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV Arteon ua 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
d ran
ir se
tho Running
tee
or gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019
au ac
ss
– Lift plenum chamber cover -1- not more than 60 mm.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
a - 60 mm
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Unscrew bolts -1- for upper shock absorber mounting and re‐
nform
ercia
move suspension strut.

m
a
Installing
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Position suspension strut so that the arrows -1- are always on

the inner side.
– One of the two arrows -1- on the spring plate -2- must point in
direction of travel.
– Insert suspension strut and bolt bolts -1- to body.


gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- under support -eT10149- and
n AG. Volkswagen AG
secure wheel bearing housing. olks
wag does
no
V t gu
by ara
– Untie wheel bearing housing fromrisesubframe.
d
nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
link.
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lower wheel bearing housing -1- in -direction of arrow- using

engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox
jack - V.A.G 1383 A- .
- VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- ,
guiding it onto suspension strut.
– Guide outer joint into wheel hub splines of wheel hub as far as
possible.
– Bolt swivel joint to suspension link again and continue to press
wheel bearing housing upwards until final position is reached
on suspension strut.

– Remove spreader - 3424- .
– Insert new bolts, tip of bolt must point in direction of travel.

– Attach wheel bearing housing to suspension strut using new
nut -arrow-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
– Tighten nuts
ss -arrows-.
ce
le
un
pt
Continue installation in reverse order of removal. During this pro‐

an
d
itte
cedure, observe the following:

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Note
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co

rrectne

position.
ss o
cial p

inform

mer
atio
m
Specified torques
o
n
c
i
or
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - suspension strut, upper suspen‐

thi
te
sd
a
sion link”, page 59

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
joint”, page 71
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - subframe”, page 24 gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - front vehicle level senders”, page Prote
cted AG.
agen
288
♦ ⇒ “7.2 Assembly overview - drive shaft”, page 106
4.3 Repairing suspension strut


♦ Shock absorber tool set - T10001-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ Ring spanner insert - V.A.G 1332/7-
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Suspension strut clamp - V.A.G 1752-
♦ Commercially available ratchet handle

– Remove coil spring strut ⇒ page 61 .

Removing spring
– Clamp suspension strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20- -4- in
a vice.
– Clamp suspension strut in suspension strut support clamp -
V.A.G 1752/20- -4-.
– Pre-tension coil spring with spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-
until deep groove ball thrust bearing is free at top.
1- Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
2- Hexagon bit, long reach - T10001/8-
3- Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-
4- Strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20-
5- Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/4- agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
6- Hexagon bit, long reach - T10001/5- ed by V gu
ara
ris nte
7- Ratchet wrench - T10001/11- auth o eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
WARNING
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
First compress spring far enough to ensure that upper spring
ility
ot p
plate is free.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Ensure that coil spring is correctly seated in spring retainer -
t to the co
V.A.G 1752/4- -arrow-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
Installing spring
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Insert spring seat -1- into shock absorber -2-.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
– Fit coil spring -3- with spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1- onto
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
lower spring seat. Prote AG.
The end of the coil spring must lie against the stop -arrow-.
– Assemble all other parts and use new nut on piston rod.
Caution
Noise can ensue if the suspension strut mounting is not as‐

sembled correctly in relation to the deep groove ball thrust
bearing.
♦ Observe installation position of suspension strut mounting
in relation to deep groove ball thrust bearing when as‐
sembling.

– Align suspension strut mounting -1- with deep groove ball

thrust bearing -2-.
• Lug of suspension strut mounting -1- must be located in recess
-arrow A- of deep groove ball thrust bearing -2-.
• Edge of suspension strut mounting -1- must beefolded AG. Voover
lkswagen AG
collar of deep groove ball thrust bearing -2- ag n
-arrows B- all does
olksw not
around. ed
by V gu
ara
ris nte
– Tighten nut on piston rod. aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
– Relieve tension on spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1- and
ce
le
un
remove from coil spring.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Remove suspension strut from suspension strut support
erm
ab
clamp - V.A.G 1752/20- .
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Install suspension strut ⇒ page 60 .
h re
ole,
spec
Specified torques
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5 Lower suspension link, swivel joint

⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”,
page 71
⇒ “5.2 Removing and installing lower suspension link”,
page 72
⇒ “5.3 Checking swivel joint”, page 83
⇒ “5.4 Removing and installing swivel joint”, page 84
⇒ “5.5 Renewing front bonded rubber bush for lower suspension
link”, page 88
⇒ “5.6 Renewing rear bonded rubber bush for lower suspension
link”, page 91
5.1 Assembly overview - lower suspension link, swivel joint
1 - Subframe
2 - Rear bonded rubber bush
❑ Different versions possi‐
ble. Refer to ⇒ Electron‐
ic parts catalogue “ET‐
KA”
⇒ page 96
4 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal wage
es n
olks ot g
❑ 20 Nm +90° d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
5 - Swivel joint utho
or
a ac
ss
ce
le
⇒ page 84
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
6 - Nut
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
is n
❑ 40 Nm +45°
h re
ole,

spec

t to the co
⇒ page 72
8 - Front bonded rubber bush
rrectne
s
9 - Bolt
s o
cial p

inform
❑ Tighten in unladen posi‐

mer
tion ⇒ page 6 .
atio
om
❑ 70 Nm +180°
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
10 - Bolt
iva
o
pr

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
❑ 70 Nm +180°
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 71

5.2 Removing and installing lower suspen‐

sion link
⇒ “5.2.1 Removing and installing lower suspension link, vehicle
with manual gearbox or dual clutch gearbox 0CW”, page 72
with dual clutch gearbox 0D9, 0DD, except Passat GTE”,
page 74
with dual clutch gearbox 0DL and Passat GTE”, page 78
5.2.1 Removing and installing lower suspen‐

sion link, vehicle with manual gearbox or
dual clutch gearbox 0CW
Removing
– Raise vehicle. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
– Remove wheel. d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
utho
or
Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -ssnoise in‐
a ac
sulation .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Release rear section of wheel housing liner and fold it for‐

itte
y li
erm
wards.
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
72
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint and turn wheel bearing
housing outwards to relieve suspension link.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Swivel suspension link -1- to rear and pull out of subframe in

-direction of arrow-.
Installing
lowing: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw ol not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
– Insert rear suspension link -1- into subframe in

is n
h re
-direction of arrow- and swivel forwards.

ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Tighten bolts -arrows-.
Note
Tighten nuts and bolts -arrows- in unladen state ⇒ page 6 .

gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
Note ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
position.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Specified torques
rrectness of i
l purpos
joint”, page 71
nform
ercia
288
m
at

om
ion

c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv

p
cum
or
sulation .
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py

ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
sion link, vehicle with dual clutch gear‐
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
box 0D9, 0DD, except Passat GTE

♦ Engine support - T10533-
Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
sulation .
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
swa
wards. yV
o lk not
gu b ara
ed
Vehicles with vehicle level sender. thoris nte
e or
au ac
– Unscrew nut -1-. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Remove pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10 ; Assembly mount‐

m
at
ings; Removing and installing pendulum support .

om
ion
c
in t
r
– Loosen double clamp of exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Ex‐

o
his
te
haust pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer .

a
do
priv
cum
or
Vehicles with all-wheel drive

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Disconnect propshaft from angular gearbox and secure ⇒ Cop py
. rig
Rep. gr. 39 ; Propshaft; Assembly overview - propshaft .
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Screw engine support - T10533- completely together to make
it as short as possible.
– Bolt engine support - T10533- -2- onto gearbox with the thicker
bracket -arrow-. Use the shorter pendulum support securing
bolt -1-.
– Press engine and gearbox far enough forward so that threa‐
ded rod - T10533/5- -3- can be inserted in pendulum support
mounting.
– Extend engine support - T10533- until distance -a- between

suspension link bolt -1- and gearbox is attained.
a = 95 mm
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
If there is not enough space between gearbox yV
olkand
sw fan shroud, not
gu
remove fan shroud ⇒ Rep. gr. 19 ; Radiator/radiator
ise
d b fan; Re‐ ara
nte
moving and installing fan shroud . thor eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Installing
lowing:

Note
Tighten nuts and bolts -arrows- in unladen state ⇒ page 6 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove engine support - T10533- .

erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Bolt on double clamp for exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ;

wit
Exhaust pipes, silencers; Separating exhaust pipes and si‐

, is n
h re
lencers .
hole
spec
– Install pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10 ; Assembly mountings;

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing and installing pendulum support .

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
77
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG. 5. Lower suspension link, swivel joint
Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ a,gPassat
en AG. V Variant
olkswagen 2015
AG do ➤
sw es n
y Volk- Edition 02.2019 ot g
u b ara
ed nte
ris
– Attach exhaust system bracket
au
tho
to subframe -arrows-. e or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Note
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
position.
l purpos

nform
ercia
Specified torques
m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
joint”, page 71
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
288
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheels, Cop py
ht. rig
tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts opy
rig by
Vo
ht
c lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
AG.

sulation .
♦ Propshaft ⇒ Rep. gr. 39 ; Propshaft; Assembly overview -
propshaft .

sion link, vehicle with dual clutch gear‐
box 0DL and Passat GTE
Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position.

lock engages.
Caution

♦ Connect battery
irreparable damage may be caused.

– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
noise insulation .
– Remove noise insulation at rear from subframe ⇒ General
body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assem‐
bly overview - noise insulation .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– If fitted, remove centre underbody cladding ⇒ General ksbody
wage
n oes
not
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Underbody cladding; y Vol
Removing gu
db ara
and installing underbody cladding . or
ise nte
eo
th
s au ra
c
– Detach exhaust system bracket from subframe -arrows-. s ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
sides).
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
wards.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
right vehicle level sender - G289- out of suspension link -3-. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Continued for all vehicles Prote AG.



Installing
lowing:
– Renew seal -1-. n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
Vo ot g
– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- ed
byso that rubber lip ua
ran
horis tee
ut or
a ac
– Ensure that seal -1- is firmly seated.ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure that spec
es, in part or in w
ing rack. The opening to the footwell must be sealed correctly.

t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m

atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Tighten nuts and bolts -arrows- in unladen state ⇒ page 6y.Volksw not
gu
b ara
ed nte
oris
– Bolt subframe to body. au
th eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Attach exhaust system bracket to subframe -arrows-.

Note
position.

Specified torques
joint”, page 71
288
sulation .
♦ Bolts for underbody cladding in centre ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Underbody cladding; Overview of
fitting locations - underbody cladding
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
♦ Exhaust system to subframe Vol
k⇒
swaRep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust
oepipes/
s no
t gu
silencers; Assembly overview
ed by - silencer . ara
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
5.3 Checking swivel joint
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Checking axial play

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Firmly pull suspension link down in -direction of arrow- and

ility
ot p
press up again.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
83
op Vo
by c lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen 5. Lower suspension link, swivel joint
Checking radial play

– Press lower part of wheel forcefully inwards and outwards in
Note
♦ There should be no palpable or visible “play” during both tests.

♦ Observe swivel joint while performing tests.
♦ Take into account possible existing wheel bearing play or
“play” in upper suspension strut mounting.
♦ Check rubber boot for damage and renew swivel joint if nec‐
essary.
5.4 Removing and installing swivel joint

equipment required agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Ball joint puller - 3287 A-

♦ Torque angle wrench - V.A.G 1756-
♦ Ring spanner insert - V.A.G 1332/10-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
– Loosen drive shaft bolt at wheel hub ⇒ page 129 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
Caution
nform
ercia
Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt secur‐

ing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
m
at
om
io
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing will
n
c
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts Cop py
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle must ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.


– Pull drive shaft slightly out of wheel hub.
inserted.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


shaft with ejector - T10520- . gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
ksw not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
Note ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Pull swivel joint out of suspension link.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Bend suspension link downwards as far as necessary.
spec
t to the co
– Loosen nut from suspension link -2- but do not remove com‐
pletely.
rrectne
Caution
ss
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
– Press swivel joint off wheel bearing housing, undo nut and re‐
om
move swivel joint -2-.
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
1- Ball joint puller - 3287 A-

t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
Installing
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ing:
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Fit swivel joint in wheel bearing housing. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Fit drive shaft in wheel hub.
– Screw on new self-locking nut and counterhold with Torx key
- T40- .

Note
Ensure that boot is not damaged or twisted.
Note
position.
– Install wheel and tighten.

– Tighten drive shaft bolt at wheel hub ⇒ page 129 .
Note
During this step, vehicle must not be standing on its wheels or

wheel bearing will be damaged.

⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
wag does
Specified torques olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
♦ ⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview
tho - lower suspension link, swivel eo
joint”, page 71 au ra
c
ss
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
288
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
5.5 Renewing front bonded rubber bush for lower suspension link
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t

or
his
ate
do
♦ Thrust plate - VW 402-

priv
cum
for

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ Press tool - VW 412- rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove lower suspension link ⇒ page 72 .


– Press out bonded rubber bush as illustrated.
1- Press tool - VW 411-
2- Tube - T10219/1- (the cut-out must face the suspension link)
– Align bonded rubber bushes -1- to suspension link -2-.

The grooves -3- must face towards suspension link -2- as shown
in illustration.
– Moisten outer surface of bonded rubber bush with assembly
oil - G 294 421 A1- .
– Press in bonded rubber bush as illustrated.

1- Pin - T10219/2-
3- Tube - T10219/1- (the cut-out must face the suspension link)
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
Note ir se
d b ua
ran
o tee
th or
u
At start of pressing-in process, bonded rubberssbush is temporarily
a ac
slanted. During further procedure, it then straightens. It does not
ce
le
un
pt
have to be pushed further.

an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Press in bonded rubber bush until core of bush -1- and hole in
wit
is n
suspension link -2- are flush.

h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
90
co Vo
by lksw
Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension cted agen
Prote AG.
wage es n
– Press bush back slightly in the suspensiony Vlink.
olks ot g
ua
b
ed ran
1- Press tool - VW 412- horis tee
t or
au ac
2- Tube - T10219/1- ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The dimensions -a- and -b- must be the same.
rrectness of i
– Install lower suspension link ⇒ page 72 .
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
5.6 Renewing rear bonded rubber bush for lower suspension link
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant Vol 2015 ➤
ksw not
gu
by
ris
ed ara
nte
tho eo
au ra
Special tools and workshop ss c
equipment required
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Tube for wheel bearing - 3345-

♦ Assembly tool - 3348-
♦ Removing and installing tool - VW 459-
– Remove suspension link.
♦ Vehicles with manual gearbox or dual clutch gearbox 0CW
⇒ page 72
♦ Vehicles with dual clutch gearbox 0D9 ⇒ page 74


– Press out bonded rubber bush as illustrated.
1- Press tool - VW 411- agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
2- Assembly tool - 3348- d by ara
rise nte
o eo
3- Suspension link
auth
ra
ss c
4- Tube for wheel bearing - 3345-
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Installation position of bonded rubber bush
nform
ercia
• The embossed arrow points to the marking -arrows A- in the

suspension link.
m
a
com
tio
• The cam -arrow B- must always point to outside of vehicle.
n in
r
Open kidney faces to centre of vehicle.

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press in bonded rubber bush as illustrated.
2- Sleeve - VW 459/2- , inner shoulder of sleeve -arrow- faces
downwards
3- Suspension link
Note
Press in bonded rubber bush until wheel bearing tube - 3345-

makes contact with transverse link.

Greasing bonded rubber bush:

The kidney-shaped area -1- of the bonded rubber bush must be
greased.
– Grease must be applied to the kidney-shaped area -1- from
above.
– Use grease -G 052 150 A2-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
– The total quantity
au of grease required for both sides is, as ac
shown, about 1 cm -dimension a-. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
• Half of the quantity of grease (about 0.5 cm) must be applied
an
itte
y li
to each kidney-shaped area.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– The grease must be applied to the top using a commercially
wit
, is n
available brush.
h re
hole
spec
– No grease may be applied to the area contacting the suspen‐
es, in part or in w
sion link.
t to the co
– Install suspension link ⇒ page 72 .
♦ Vehicles with manual gearbox or dual clutch gearbox 0CW
rrectness of i
⇒ page 73
l purpos
♦ Vehicles with dual clutch gearbox 0D9, 0DD ⇒ page 77

♦ Vehicles with dual clutch gearbox 0DL ⇒ page 81
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Wheel bearing
⇒ “6.1 Assembly overview - wheel bearing”, page 95
⇒ “6.2 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing”,
page 96
⇒ “6.3 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit”, page 101
6.1 Assembly overview - wheel bearing
1 - Cover plate
2 - Bolt
❑ 12 Nm
3 - Wheel bearing unit
⇒ page 101
❑ Cannot be repaired AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
4 - Bolt olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
❑ Renew after removal orise nte
eo
th
❑ Loosening and tighten‐ ss au ra
c
ing ⇒ page 129
ce
le
un
pt
❑ Before securing, clean
an
d
itte
y li
the threads in the CV
erm
ab
joint using a thread tap.
ility
ot p
❑ 200 Nm +180°
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
❑ Different versions. For
t to the co
allocation see ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue
“ETKA” .
rrectne
⇒ page 96
ss o
6 - Bolt
cial p
❑ Renew after removal f inform

mer
❑ 70 Nm +90°
atio
om
n
c
7 - Drive shaft
i
or
n thi
te
❑ Do not let drive shaft

sd
iva
o
r
hang down under its

p
cum
r
fo
own weight when per‐

en
ng
t.
yi
forming repair work, as
Co
op py
otherwise excessive t. C rig
gh ht
bending could damage yri
p by
o Vo
inner CV joint
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Wheel bearing 95
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat ut
h Variant 2015 ➤
o eo
ra
a
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition
s 02.2019
s c
ce
le
un
pt
6.2 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
equipment required
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Ball joint puller - 3287A-

♦ Spreader - 3424-
♦ Torque angle wrench - V.A.G 1756-

Removing
– Remove bolt for drive shaft ⇒ page 129 .
Caution

– Loosen wheel bolts. AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
ksw
– Raise vehicle. by
Vol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
– Remove wheel. hor eo
aut ra
– Detach brake caliper and tie to body with wire ⇒ Brake system; ss c
ce
le
Rep. gr. 46 ; Front brakes; Assembly overview - front brakes .

un
pt
an
d
itte
– Remove ABS speed sensor ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 45 ;

y li
rm
ab
Sensors; Removing and installing speed sensor on front axle

pe
ility
-G45- / -G47- .
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Remove brake disc ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Front

hole
spec
brakes; Assembly overview - front brakes

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Detach bracket for brake line and electrical wiring from wheel
bearing housing and move clear.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
97
by c lksw
cted
6. Wheel bearing
agen
Prote AG.
– Remove splash plate -1- from wheel bearing housing

-arrows-.
ly.
Caution
– Push track rod off wheel bearing housing and remove nut.

right vehicle level sender -agG289-
en AG. Vout ofagsuspension
olksw en AG
do link -3-.
w es n
olks ot g
ed
by
V ua
ran
ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Loosen nuts -arrows-.

h re
ole,
spec

t to the co

rrectne

ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

inserted.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight. . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
shaft with ejector - T10520- . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
– Secure drive shaft to body with wire.

gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- under wheel bearing housing.
6. Wheel bearing 99
– Remove threaded connection between wheel bearing housing

and suspension strut -arrow-.
n AG. Volkswagen AG
– Insert spreader - 3424-
olks in slot in wheel bearingshousing.
wage doe
no
yV t gu
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
Note s aut ra
c
s
ce
le
un
Make sure that the spreader - 3424- is only inserted into the wheel
pt
an
d
bearing housing. Insert sufficiently to ensure that the metal tab of

itte
y li
rm
the suspension strut is not damaged.
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Turn ratchet handle through 90° and detach from spreader -

h re
hole
3424- .
spec
es, in part or in w
– Pull wheel bearing housing from suspension strut. t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
If wheel bearing housing is renewed, swivel joint must be trans‐

ferred. Always use new nuts.
nform
ercia
Installing
m
a
com
ti

on in
ing:
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
position.

Specified torques
joint”, page 71
288
♦ Speed sensor bolt ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 45 ; Sensors;AG. Volkswagen AG d
Assembly overview - speed sensor on front axle lkswagen oes
n
Vo ot g
by ua
♦ Bolts for splash plate, brake caliper, brakerisdisc
ed ⇒ Brake sys‐ ran
tee
tem; Rep. gr. 46 ; Front brakes; Assembly tho overview - front or
brakes au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
6.3 Removing and installing wheel bearing
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
unit
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n

h re
hole
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Removing
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove bolt for drive shaft ⇒ page 129 . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Wheel bearing 101

Caution

♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
– Loosen wheel bolts. utho eo
ra
s a c
– Raise vehicle. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Remove wheel.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Detach brake caliper and tie to body with wire ⇒ Brake system;
ility
ot p
Rep. gr. 46 ; Front brakes; Assembly overview - front brakes .
wit
, is n
h re
– Remove brake disc ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Front
hole
spec
brakes; Assembly overview - front brakes
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2-. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Secure drive shaft to body with wire.
– Bolt swivel joint to suspension link -arrows- again.
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove bolts -arrows-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Take wheel bearing unit out of wheel bearing housing.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Caution
es, in part or in w
t to the co
• Prevent damage to seal through soiling or when mounting,
storing or placing on a surface.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Wheel bearing 103

• When placing wheel bearing unit down, wheel bearing -1-

must always face upwards.
• Always set wheel bearing unit on hub -2- when placing on a
surface.
• When picking wheel bearing up, never grasp inner side.
• Grasp only outer side of wheel bearing.
Installing
lowing:

lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
Note ir se
d b ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender
ss must point towards the
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
position.
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Specified torques
rrectne
ss o
cial p

f in
joint”, page 71
form
mer
atio

om
288
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ Brake disc bolt ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Front brakes;

t
sd
iva
Assembly overview - front brakes

pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

7 Drive shaft
⇒ “7.1 Overview - drive shaft”, page 105
⇒ “7.2 Assembly overview - drive shaft”, page 106
⇒ “7.4 Loosening and tightening threaded connections of drive
shaft”, page 129
⇒ “7.5 Removing and installing drive shaft heat shield”,
page 131
⇒ “7.3 Removing and installing drive shaft”, page 110
⇒ “7.6 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft”, page 131
⇒ “7.7 Checking outer constant velocity joint”, page 151
⇒ “7.8 Checking inner constant velocity joint”, page 152
7.1 Overview - drive shaft
I-
⇒ “7.2.1 Assembly overview -
drive shaft, constant velocity
joint VL100”, page 106
II - agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
⇒ “7.2.2 Assembly overview - olksw not
yV gu
drive shaft, constant velocity ised b ara
nte
joint VL107”, page 108 ut
hor eo
a ra
s c
III - s
ce
e
⇒ “7.2.3 Assembly overview -

nl
pt
du
an
drive shaft, triple roller joint
itte
y li
AAR3300i”, page 109
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Distinguishing between drive shafts when installed

VL100 VL107 AAR3300i inser‐ AAR3300i bol‐
ted ted
Diameter of inner joint in mm 100 107 - -
7. Drive shaft 105

agen AG olksw
Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat wageVariant 2015 ➤ does n
n AG. V
olks
Running gear, axles, steering -dEdition
by
V 02.2019 ot g
ua
e ran
ris tee
tho o
au VL100 VL107 AAR3300i rinser‐
ac AAR3300i bol‐
ss
ted ted
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Cover between inner joint and - X - -
an
itte
y li
drive flange
erm
ab
ility
Inner joint pushed into gearbox - - X -
ot p
wit
(only automatic gearbox)
, is n
h re
hole
Inner joint pushed onto flange - - X -
spec
shaft
es, in part or in w
(only 4MOTION)
t to the co
rrectness of i
7.2 Assembly overview - drive shaft
l purpos
⇒ “7.2.1 Assembly overview - drive shaft, constant velocity joint

VL100”, page 106
nform
ercia

m
at
om
VL107”, page 108
ion
c
in t
or
⇒ “7.2.3 Assembly overview - drive shaft, triple roller joint
his
ate
AAR3300i”, page 109
do
priv
cum
or
7.2.1 Assembly overview - drive shaft, constant velocity joint VL100

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
1 - Outer constant velocity joint
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
❑ Renew only as com‐
agen
Prote AG.
plete unit
❑ Removing ⇒ page 134
❑ Installing: drive onto
shaft to stop using plas‐
tic hammer
❑ Checking ⇒ page 151
2 - Retaining ring
❑ Insert in groove in shaft
3 - Clip
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 145
4 - Boot
❑ Check for splits and
chafing
5 - Clip
6 - Drive shaft
7 - Clip
8 - Boot for constant velocity
joint
chafing
❑ Drive off constant veloc‐
ity joint with a drift
❑ Coat sealing surface of constant velocity joint with -D 454 300 A2- before installing.

9 - Clip
10 - Inner constant velocity joint
❑ Renew only as complete unit
❑ Pressing off ⇒ page 135
❑ Pressing on ⇒ page 135
11 - Seal
❑ Adhesive surface on constant velocity joint must be free of oil and grease!
12 - Retaining ring
❑ Remove and install with circlip pliers - VW 161 A- .
13 - Multi-point socket head bolt
❑ M8 × 48
❑ Pre-tighten diagonally to 10 Nm and then tighten diagonally to specified torque
❑ 40 Nm
14 - Locking plate AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 107


plete unit
tic hammer
2 - Retaining ring
3 - Clip
4 - Boot
chafing
5 - Clip
6 - Drive shaft wage
es n
olks ot g
7 - Clip byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
❑ Renew after removal utho
or
a ac
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 140 ss ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
joint
erm
ab

ility
ot p
chafing
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Drive off constant veloc‐

hole
spec
ity joint with a drift

es, in part or in w
t to the co
9 - Clip
rrectness of i

l purpos

nform
ercia
❑ Bolted to gearbox
m
at
om
io

n
c
in t
or

his
ate
do
priv
11 - Retaining ring
um
for
en
g
❑ Remove and install with snap ring pliers - VW 161 A- .

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
12 - Cover
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ Drive off carefully with drift ⇒ page 139
AG.

❑ M10 × 52

❑ 70 Nm
14 - Locking plate
❑ Pushed into gearbox
16 - O-ring
❑ Insert in groove in shaft n AG. Volkswagen A
ge G do
swa es n
17 - Retaining ring by Volk ot g
ua
ed ran
❑ Renew after ho
ris removal tee
ut or
❑ Insertssina groove in shaft ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
7.2.3 Assembly overview - drive shaft, triple roller joint AAR3300i
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
plete unit
t to the co
❑ Installing: drive onto rrectness of i
shaft with plastic ham‐
mer until compressed
l purpos
retaining ring seats

nform
ercia
2 - Retaining ring
m
a
com
tio

n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do
r
3 - Clip
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
joint py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
chafing
5 - Clip
6 - Drive shaft
7 - Triple roller star with rollers
Chamfer points towards drive
shaft splines.
8 - Retaining ring
9 - Clip
7. Drive shaft 109

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat by
V Variant 2015 ➤
ol not
gu
d ara
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition
orise 02.2019 nte
h eo
aut ra
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 146 ss c
ce
le
un
10 - Boot for triple roller joint
pt
an
d
itte
y li
❑ Check for splits and chafing
rm
ab
pe
ility
11 - Clip
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
12 - Adapter
13 - Joint body
rrectness of i
❑ Bolted to gearbox
l purpos
nform
ercia
❑ M10 × 23
m
a
com
tio
❑ 70 Nm
n in
r
te o
thi
15 - Joint body
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
❑ Pushed onto flange shaft
um
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
16 - Cap
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
❑ Pulling off ⇒ page 150
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ Driving on ⇒ page 151
AG.
17 - Joint body
❑ Pushed into gearbox
18 - O-ring
19 - Retaining ring
7.3 Removing and installing drive shaft

⇒ “7.3.1 Removing and installing drive shaft, constant velocity
joints VL100 and VL107”, page 110
⇒ “7.3.2 Removing and installing drive shaft, triple roller joint
AAR3300i pushed into gearbox”, page 116
⇒ “7.3.3 Removing and installing drive shaft, triple roller joint
AAR3300i pushed onto flange shaft”, page 121
⇒ “7.3.4 Removing and installing drive shafts, triple roller joint
AAR3300i bolted”, page 125
7.3.1 Removing and installing drive shaft,

constant velocity joints VL100 and
VL107

♦ Wedge - T10161-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Caution
h re
hole
spec
When removing and installing drive shafts, do not allow them

es, in part or in w
t to the co
to hang free and stop against joints due to over bending.

rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 111

Caution


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
sulation .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove nuts -arrows- on suspension link.

– Detach suspension link from swivel joint.
Only for right drive shaft
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
– If fitted, remove bolts -1- and detach heat shield -2-.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Only for bolted drive shaft
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Unbolt drive shaft from gearbox flange shaft -arrows-.

m
Only for splined drive shaft
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Insert wedge - T10161- -1- between gearbox housing and tri‐

ple roller joint.
– Press inner joint out of gearbox with a blow to wedge - T10161-
using a rubber hammer.
Continuation for all drive shafts
– Turn wheel bearing housing to left.
– Pull drive shaft out of wheel hub.
7. Drive shaft 113

inserted.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Note
– Remove drive shaft.

Installing
ing:
Only for splined drive shaft
– Fit new retaining ring into groove of joint pin.
– Mesh outer and inner splines of joint body and gearbox.
– Slide drive shaft into joint body to stop by hand. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V
– Now »suddenly« push joint body into gearbox. ed by gu
ara
ris nte
o eo
The joint travel can be used for the »suddenaupush«.
th Do not, how‐ ra
ever, pull the drive shaft too far out of the sjoint body.
s c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Caution
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Never use a hammer or other driving tools.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Check that the drive shaft is securely seated in the gearbox by
t to the co
pulling the joint body against the resistance of retaining ring.
Caution
For this check, pull only on joint body and not on drive shaft. rrectness o
cial p
f inform
Continuation for all drive shafts

mer
atio
m
– Guide outer joint into wheel hub splines as far as possible.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 115

Note
position.

Specified torques
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
♦ ⇒ “7.4 Loosening and tightening threaded connections of driveolks
w oes
not
yV gu
shaft”, page 129 ed
b ara
nte
is
or eo
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - front vehicle level senders”,
au
th page ra
288 ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
joint”, page 71
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
sulation .
rrectne
7.3.2 Removing and installing drive shaft, triple roller joint AAR3300i pushed into
s
gearbox
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Aluminium wedge - T10161-

Caution

Removing
7. Drive shaft 117

Caution


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
sulation .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
Vehicles with vehicle
ss level sender. c
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
118
c by lksw
cted agen
Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension Prote AG.

link.
– Pull drive shaft out of wheel hub and tie up to body.
inserted.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o
Using ejector - T10520-
aut
h : eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia
m

a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
Note
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
the spindle must be moved to its original position in order to apply Cop py
the hydraulic force. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 119

– Insert wedge - T10161- -1- between gearbox housing and tri‐

ple roller joint.
– Press inner joint out of gearbox withgeanblow
AG. Voto wedge - T10161-
lkswagen AG
does
swa
using a rubber hammer. y V olk not
gu b ara
ed nte
– Remove drive shaft. thoris e or
au ac
Installing ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
lowing:
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Slide drive shaft into joint body to stop by hand.
t to the co
– Now »suddenly« push joint body into gearbox.
The joint travel can be used for the »sudden push«. Do not, how‐
rrectne
ever, pull the drive shaft too far out of the joint body.
s
Caution
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
– Check that the drive shaft is securely seated in the gearbox by
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Caution
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
For this check, pull only on joint body and not on drive shaft. yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
sulation .

Note
Note
position.

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “7.4 Loosening and tightening threaded connections of drive
shaft”, page 129
288
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - subframe”, page 24 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ ⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview - lower suspension blink, y V swivel
o gu
ara
joint”, page 71 orised
nte
h eo
ut
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide;
ss a Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheels, ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
sulation .
ot
wit
, is n
7.3.3 Removing and installing drive shaft, tri‐ h re

hole
spec
ple roller joint AAR3300i pushed onto
es, in part or in w
t to the co
flange shaft
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 121

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Caution
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle must C py
t. rig
nevertheless be moved, comply with the following: gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft. Prote
cted AG.
agen

– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
sulation .
– Unscrew hexagon nut -1- from right coupling rod -3-.



link.
– Pull drive shaft out of wheel hub and tie up to body.
inserted.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 123


Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
At the end of the procedure or risefor pressing out drive shaft further,
d b ara
nte
the spindle must be moved uthto
o its original position in order to apply eo
ra
the hydraulic force. ss a c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Using suitable tool, e.g. wooden block -2-, drive the drive shaft
rm
ab
-1- off gearbox stub shaft.
pe
ility
ot
wit
– Remove drive shaft from vehicle.
, is n
h re
hole
Installing
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
lowing:
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Slide drive shaft into joint body to stop by hand.
nform
ercia
– Now »suddenly« push joint body into gearbox.

m
a
The joint travel can be used for the »sudden push«. Do not, how‐
com
tio
ever, pull the drive shaft too far out of the joint body. n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
Caution
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Check that the drive shaft is securely seated in the gearbox by Prote
cted AG.
agen
Caution
For this check, pull only on joint body and not on drive shaft.

sulation .

Note
Note
position.

Specified torques
shaft”, page 129
288
joint”, page 71
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide;VoRep.
lksw gr. 44 ; Wheels, not
gu
se
d by ara
nte
i
or eo
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General
au
th body repairs, exterior; ra
Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation;
ss Assembly overview - noise in‐ c
ce
le
sulation .
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
7.3.4 Removing and installing drive shafts, tri‐

ility
ot p
ple roller joint AAR3300i bolted

wit
is n
h re
ole,

spec

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 125

Caution

Removing
Caution

Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts AG. Volkswagen AG d
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle agen
ksw must
oes
ol not
nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:ed by V gu
ara
ris nte
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive
au
thshaft.
o eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
– Raise vehicle.
is n
h re
ole,
– Remove wheel.
spec

t to the co

noise insulation .
rrectne

ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
126
AG.
Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension

– Unbolt drive shaft from gearbox flange shaft.
– Unscrew nuts -arrows-.

link.
– Pull drive shaft out of wheel hub.
inserted.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at

om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 127


Note
At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft further, gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
the spindle must be moved to its original position in order to apply Volkswa not
the hydraulic force. se
d by gu
ara
n ri tee
utho or
Installing ss
a ac
ce
le
un
Remove any paint residues and/or corrosion on thread and
pt
an
d
splines of outer joint.
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Insert drive shaft.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
– Fit inner joint of drive shaft in position and pre-tighten bolts in

diagonal sequence to 10 Nm. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
lksw n
– Tighten multi-point
db
y socket-head
Vo bolts diagonally toot the
gu speci‐
ara
fied torque. orise nte
th eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
Note
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
position.
rrectness of i
l purpos

sulation .
nform
ercia
– Tighten drive shaft bolt at wheel hub ⇒ page 129 .

m
at
om
ion
Specified torques
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
g
shaft”, page 129

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - front vehicle level senders”, page ht. rig
rig ht
288
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

sulation .
7.4 Loosening and tightening threaded con‐

nections of drive shaft
7. Drive shaft 129

♦ Socket, 24 mm - T10361A-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Torque angle wrench - V.A.G 1756 A-
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Caution
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt secur‐ op Vo
by c lksw
ing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened. cted agen
Prote AG.

Loosening twelve-point head bolt

– To avoid damage to wheel bearing, do not loosen twelve-point
bolt using 24 mm socket - T10361A- further than 90° with ve‐
hicle still standing on its wheels.
– Raise vehicle so that wheels are off the ground.
– Have second mechanic apply brakes.

– Remove twelve-point head bolt -arrow-.

Fitting twelve-point head bolt
– Renew twelve-point bolt.
Note
It must be ensured that the wheels do not yet touch the floor when
the drive shaft is being tightened. Otherwise the wheel bearing
may be damaged.

– Tighten twelve-point bolt to 200 Nm.
– Lower vehicle onto its wheels.
– Turn twelve-point head bolt 180° further.
7.5 Removing and installing drive shaft heat

shield
Front-wheel drive:
Component Specified torque
Bolts -1- 25 Nm
All-wheel drive:
G. Volkswagen AG d
Component Specified
lksw
atorque
gen A oes
not
o
yV gu
Nuts -1- sed b 20 Nm ara
nte
ri
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
7.6 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft

t to the co
⇒ “7.6.1 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft, constant veloc‐

rrectness of i
ity joint VL100”, page 131

⇒ “7.6.2 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft, constant veloc‐
l purpos
ity joint VL107”, page 136

nform
⇒ “7.6.3 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft, triple roller joint

ercia
AAR3300i pushed into gearbox, bolted on”, page 140

m
at
om
io
⇒ “7.6.4 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft, triple roller joint

n
c
in t
AAR3300i pushed onto flange shaft”, page 146

or
his
ate
do
riv
7.6.1 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft, constant velocity joint VL100
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 131


equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
♦ Thrust plate - VW 401- Prote AG.

♦ Press tool - VW 408 A-
♦ Tube - VW 416 B-
♦ Thrust plate - VW 447 H-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
♦ Snap ring
ss a
pliers - VW 161 A- c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
y li

rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Clamp tensioner - V.A.G 1682-

ot
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Multi-purpose tool - VW 771-

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
133
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft
♦ Puller - T10382-
Removing outer constant velocity joint

– Clamp drive shaft in vice using jaw protectors.
– Fold back boot.
– Set puller - T10382- up so that smooth side of puller plate -
T10382/1- points to spindles - T10382/2- .
– Assemble puller - T10382- complete with multi-purpose tool -
VW 771- .
– Pull constant velocity joint from drive shaft with puller -
T10382- and multi-purpose tool - VW 771- .
1- Puller plate - T10382/1-
2- Spindles - T10382/2-
Driving on outer constant velocity joint agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Install new retaining ring. d by V gu
ara
rise nte
o
– If necessary, push new joint boot aonto
ut
h drive shaft. eo
ra
ss c
– Knock onto shaft with plastic hammer until retaining ring en‐
ce
le
un
pt
gages.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Running gear, axles,
steering - Edition 02.2019
lkswage es n
o ot g
Pressing off inner constant d by V velocity joint ua
ran
ir se tee
Installing autho
or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Note
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Chamfer on internal circumference of ball hub (splines) must face
C py
t. rig
gh
contact shoulder on drive shaft.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 135

Tighten clip on outer joint

– Position clamp tensioner - V.A.G 1682- as shown in diagram.
Ensure jaws of tensioner lie in corners -arrows B- of ear on O-
type clip.
– Tighten clamp by turning spindle with a torque wrench (do not
cant pliers).
Note
♦ Due to the hard material of the protective bellows (compared

to rubber) and the necessity of using a stainless steel clip, it is
only possible to tension the clip with clamp tensioner - V.A.G
1682- .
♦ Specified torque: 25 Nm.
♦ Use torque wrench -C- with setting range 5 … 50 Nm (e.g.
torque wrench - V.A.G 1331- ).
♦ Ensure that the spindle thread -A- moves smoothly. Lubricate
with MOS2 grease if necessary. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
♦ If the spindle is tight owing to the threadedbeing
by
V
dirty, for exam‐ gu
ara
ple, the force required to tighten thethclip
oris will not be attained in nte
eo
spite of correct specified torque specification.
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Tightening clip on small diameter
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
7.6.2 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft, constant velocity joint VL107
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Support sleeve - VW 522-
♦ Joint tensioner - 40 - 204 A-
7. Drive shaft 137

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Puller - T10382-
– Fold back boot.
VW 771- .


2- Spindles - T10382/2-
Driving on outer constant velocity joint
– Install new retaining ring.
– If necessary, push new joint boot onto drive shaft.
– Knock onto shaft with plastic hammer
AG. Volkswaguntil
en AGretaining ring en‐
gages. agen does
o lksw not
V gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Drive off cover for inner joint – only for constant-velocity joint with
hole
spec
cover
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove retaining ring.
– Remove both clips and slide boot towards outer joint.
rrectness of i
– Drive off joint boot with a drift.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Removing inner constant velocity slip joint

do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Fold back boot. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
– Drive constant velocity slip joint off drive shaft using drift -A-.
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Drift must be positioned exactly on triple roller spider of constant
AG.
velocity joint.
Driving joint on
gages.
Only for constant-velocity drive shaft with cover
– Coat sealing surface of cover with -D 454 300 A2- .

– Apply an unbroken bead of sealant of 2 … 3 mm in diameter
onto clean surface of cover in area of inner holes -arrow-.
7. Drive shaft 139

. Volkswagen AG
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019 swa
gen AG does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
– Using bolts -arrows-, align new cover in relation toorbolt
ise holes. nte
th eo
u ra
The alignment must be very accurate, because no ss further align‐
a c
ment is possible once the part has been hammered on.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Drive on cover with a plastic hammer.
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Wipe off surplus sealant.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Apply special pliers -V.A.G 1682- as shown in diagram. En‐

sure jaws of tensioner lie in corners -arrows B- of ear on O-
nform
type clip.
mercia
at
om
io
cant pliers).
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
Note
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
lksw
1682- .
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

with MOS2 grease if necessary.
♦ If the spindle is tight owing to the thread being dirty, for exam‐
ple, the force required to tighten the clip will not be attained in

Checking outer constant velocity joint ⇒ page 151
Checking inner constant velocity joint ⇒ page 152
Checking function of constant velocity joint ⇒ page 153
7.6.3 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft, triple roller joint AAR3300i pushed
into gearbox, bolted on


equipment required
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
♦ Thrust plate - VWss401-
au ac
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li

rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Tube - VW 416 B-
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
141
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Hose clip pliers - V.A.G 1275-

l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at

om
ion
c
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw no
Arteond b2018
yV ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passatt gVariant
ua
ran
2015 ➤
e
oris Running gear, axles, steering - Edition
tee 02.2019
th or
au ac
ss
♦ Puller - T10382-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
m
– Fold back boot.

o
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
VW 771- . ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
– Pull constant velocity joint from drive shaft with puller - py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2- Spindles - T10382/2-
gages.
Dismantling triple roller joint
– Open both clip on inner joint and push back boot.
– Pull joint body off drive shaft.

1 - Pliers (commercially available)
- or -VW 161 A-
– Set drive shaft into press.
7. Drive shaft 143

– Press triple roller star off drive shaft.

– Pull boot off shaft.
– Clean shaft, joint body and groove for seal.
Assembling triple roller joint
– Push small hose clip for boot onto shaft.
– Push joint boot onto shaft.
Fit triple roller star
Note
♦ There are different types of triple roller spider.

♦ Check whether the triple roller spider has a chamfer.
♦ The chamfer on the triple roller spider points towards the drive
shaft.
♦ The chamfer serves as an installation aid.
– Fit triple roller star onto shaft and press on to stop.

– Ensure that pressure does not exceed 3.0 t.
– If necessary, coat splines of drive shafts and triple roller star
with lubricating paste - G 052 142 A2- .
– Insert retaining ring, ensuring that it is seated correctly.
– Press half of total amount of grease from repair kit into triple
roller joint. olks
wage es n
o V t gu
by ara
– Place boot adapter
ris onto joint.
ed nte
tho eo
– Slide joint body
ss
au over rollers and hold. ra
c
ce
e
– Press remaining amount of grease from repair kit into rear of

nl
pt
du
an
triple roller joint.

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Slide boot onto boot adapter and ensure that boot engages
correctly in groove -arrow- of adapter.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install clip.
Note
Clamping lug of clip -arrow A- must be located between securing

flanges of joint body -arrows B-. This is the only way of assuring
that the multi-point socket head bolts can be guided correctly
when installing the drive shaft.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
Tightening clip on large diameter of inner jointss au ra
c
ce
le
– Position clamp tensioner - V.A.G 1682- as shown in illustra‐ un
pt
an
d
tion. Ensure jaws of tensioner lie in corners -arrows B- of ear
itte
y li
on O-type clip.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
cant pliers).
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
rrectne
1682- .
ss o
cial p
f
inform
mer
♦ Use torque wrench -C- with adjustment range 5 … 50 Nm, (e.g.
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
spite of correct specified torque specification. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Tighten clip on outer joint Prote AG.
– Position clamp tensioner - V.A.G 1682- as shown in diagram.

Ensure jaws of tensioner lie in corners -arrows B- of ear on O-
type clip.
cant pliers).
7. Drive shaft 145

Tightening clip on small diameter of inner/outer joint
7.6.4 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft, triple roller joint AAR3300i pushed
onto flange shaft

equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
AG.


. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
♦ Tube - VW 416VoB-
lksw
a
not
y gu
db ara
♦ Thrust plate
or
ise - VW 447 H- nte
th eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

7. Drive shaft 147

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Multi-purpose tool - VW 771-by V o gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Puller - T10382-
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Removing outer constant velocity joint cted agen
Prote AG.

– Fold back boot.
VW 771- .
2- Spindles - T10382/2-
gages.
Dismantling
– Open clip on inner joint and push boot back off adapter.
– Pull joint body off drive shaft.


1 - Pliers (commercially available)
– Set drive shaft into press.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Press triple roller star off drive shaft.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Pull boot off shaft.
h re
hole
– Clean shaft, joint body and groove for seal.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installing
– Push small hose clip for boot onto shaft.
rrectness of i
– Push joint boot onto shaft.
l purpos
– Push joint body onto shaft.

Fitting triple roller star
nf
ercia
or
Drive shaft (tapered version) -arrow-
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
Note
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ The chamfer on the triple roller spider points towards the drive
o
m
f
en
ng
shaft.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ The chamfer serves as an installation aid.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Press half the drive shaft grease from the repair kit into the
– Slide joint body over rollers and hold.
– Press the other half of the drive shaft grease from the repair
kit into the back of the triple roller joint.
– Install joint boot.
Fitting triple roller star
Drive shaft (cylindrical version) -arrow-
7. Drive shaft 149


– Press half the drive shaft grease from the repair kit into the
– Slide joint body over rollers and hold.
– Press the other half of the drive shaft grease from the repair
kit into the back of the triple roller joint.
– Slide boot onto adapter and ensure that boot engages cor‐
rectly in groove -arrow- of adapter.
– Install clip and tighten it sufficiently that a seal can be guaran‐
teed ⇒ page 145 .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Pulling deflector cap off triple roller joint
ility
ot p
1- Three arm puller, e.g. Kukko 45-2
wit
is n
h re
ole,
2- Thrust pad - VW 447 H-

spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Arteon
n AG. Vol2018
kswage➤
n A,GPassat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
wage does
Volks Running gear,
not axles, steering - Edition 02.2019
gu
by ara
ed nte
ris
Driving deflector cap onto triple
utho roller joint eo
ra
a c
ss
1- Press tool - T10243-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Drive deflector cap onto joint until shoulder -arrow A- engages in
itte
y li
groove -arrow B-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
7.7 Checking outer constant velocity joint
do
priv
cum
for
The joint is to be dismantled to renew the grease if it is heavily
en
ng
t.
yi Co
soiled, or to check the running surfaces of the balls for wear and Cop py
damage.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Removing
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Before dismantling, mark position of ball hub in relation to ball
cage and joint body with an electric scriber or oil stone.
– Swing ball hub and ball cage.
– Remove balls one at a time.
– Turn cage until the two rectangular windows -arrow- lie on joint
body.
– Take out cage with hub.
7. Drive shaft 151

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤ lkswagen oes
not
o
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019 db
yV gu
ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
– Swing segment of hub into square cage window. au ra
c
ss
ce
e
– Tip hub out of cage.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
The 6 balls for each joint belong to a tolerance group. Check stub
y li
erm
ab
axle, hub, cage and balls for small indentations (pitting) and
ility
ot p
traces of seizing. Excessive circumferential backlash in the joint
wit
, is n
is noticeable during load change jolts. In this case the joint must
h re
be replaced. Smoothing and traces of wear of the balls are no
hole
spec
reason to change the joint.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installing
– Pack half of total grease quantity (40 g) into joint body.
rrectness of i
– Fit cage with hub into joint body.
l purpos
– Press in opposing balls one after the other; the original position
of the hub relative to the cage and joint body must be restored.
nform
ercia
– Fit new retaining ring into hub.

m
at
om
– Distribute remaining grease in boot.
ion
c
in t
or
his
te
7.8 Checking inner constant velocity joint

a
do
priv
cum
for
Removing
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
The joint is to be dismantled when following work is done:
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Replacement of grease if very contaminated
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Check of running surfaces for wear
♦ Check of balls for wear
– Press out joint body in direction of arrow.
– Press balls out of cage.
Note
The ball hub and joint body are paired. Do not interchange them.
– Tip ball hub out of ball cage via ball track -arrows-.
– Check joint body, ball hub, ball cage and balls for pitting and
traces of seizing.
Excessive circumferential backlash in the joint is noticeable dur‐
ing load change jolts. In this case the joint must be replaced.
Smoothing and traces of wear of the balls are no reason to renew
the joint.
Installing

– Insert hub into cage via the two chamfers. The hub can be
installed in any position. Press balls into cage.
The ball hub has two different distances between the ball tracks:
a smaller one and a larger one.
– Insert hub with cage and balls at a right angle to joint body.
When inserting, ensure that the wide spacing -a- on the joint body
is aligned with the narrow spacing -b- on the hub after it is swung
in.
Chamfer on internal diameter of ball hub (splines) must face large
diameter of joint body.
– Also take note of chamfer on interior diameter of ball hub. It
must be visible after swivelling in.
Volkswagen AG
– Swivel the hub into the joint body; at the same time the hub agen
AG. does
ksw
must be swivelled out of the cage -arrows- far enough by to allow
Vol not
gu
ara
the balls to fit into the ball tracks. ris
ed nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
– Swivel in hub with balls by applying firm pressure to cage

atio
m
-arrow-.
o
n in
or c
thi
Checking function of constant velocity joint

te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
The constant velocity joint is correctly assembled if the ball hub

o
m
f
can be moved by hand backwards and forwards over its entire

en
ng
t.
yi
range of axial movement.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 153

42 – Rear suspension
1 Rear axle
⇒ “1.1 Overview - rear axle”, page 154
⇒ “1.2 Lowering rear axle”, page 155
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing rear axle”, page 164
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing shield for rear axle”, page 176
1.1 Overview - rear axle
1 - Subframe
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Assembly overview ksw
agen oes
not
l
⇒ page 177 by Vo gu
ara
d
❑ Removing and installing rise nte
ho eo
subframe with attach‐ s aut ra
c
ments ⇒ page 164 s
ce
le
un
pt
2 - Trailing arm
an
d
itte
y li
❑ Right
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
⇒ page 233
h re
hole
spec
⇒ page 253
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3 - Upper transverse link
❑ Right
rrectness of i
⇒ page 211
l purpos

⇒ page 215
nform
ercia
4 - Shock absorbers
m
a
com
ti
❑ Right
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
⇒ page 220
do
r
rp
cum

fo
en
g
⇒ page 221
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
❑ Right
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
⇒ page 231
⇒ page 233
6 - Spring
❑ Right
7 - Lower transverse link
❑ Right
154 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension

8 - Anti-roll bar
9 - Drive shafts
❑ All-wheel drive only
❑ Left
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page
agen
216
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
11 - Spring db
yV ua
ran
ise
❑ Left tho
r tee
or
au ac
ss ⇒ page 220
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
12 - Shock absorbers
rm
ab
pe
ility
❑ Left
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
13 - Trailing arm
t to the co
❑ Left
rrectness of i
l purpos

❑ Left
nform
ercia

m
a
com
ti

on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
1.2 Lowering rear axle

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
⇒ “1.2.1 Lowering rear axle, front-wheel drive except Passat Cop py
. rig
GTE”, page 155
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
lksw
⇒ “1.2.2 Lowering rear axle, front-wheel drive only Passat GTE”,
by
cted agen
Prote
page 158
AG.
⇒ “1.2.3 Lowering rear axle, four-wheel drive”, page 161
1.2.1 Lowering rear axle, front-wheel drive ex‐

cept Passat GTE
1. Rear axle 155

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Lowering subframe with attachments
rrectne
– Raise vehicle.
ss o
– Remove wheels.
cial p
f inform
– Unbolt brake calipers on both sides of vehicle and suspend

mer
from body.
atio
om
n
c
– Remove springs ⇒ page 226 .

or
n thi
te
sd
a
– If necessary, remove rear silencer of exhaust system ⇒ Rep.

iv
o
pr
gr. 26 ; Exhaust pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silenc‐

um
r
fo
en
ng
er .
t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py Vo
– Disconnect connector -1-.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unplug electrical connector -1- from ABS speed sensor on

both sides and move clear.
– Unplug electrical connector -2- from electromechanical park‐
ing brake motor on brake caliper on both sides.
– Detach wiring harness from retainers -arrows- and move clear.
– Pull out retaining clip -1- on both sides of vehicle.

– Free brake lines from holder.
Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
Do not open brake line. rised ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Rear axle 157

Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019 AG. Volkswagen
n AG do
wage es n
olks ot g
– Secure vehicle to support arms of lifting platform on ed
both
by
V
sides ua
ran
using tensioning straps - T10038- . oris tee
th or
au ac
1- Tensioning strap - T10038- ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
WARNING
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
wit
, is n
platform.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– If fitted, remove underbody cladding on mounting bracket of
trailing arm ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ;
Underbody cladding; Overview of fitting locations - underbody
cladding .
rrectness of i
– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 180 .
l purpos
– Carefully lower subframe with attachments about 20 mm.
nform
ercia
Installing subframe with attachments

m
at
om
ion
c
lowing:
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
Specified torques
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ ⇒ “2 Subframe”, page 177 gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheels, Prote
cted AG.
agen
– When does wheel alignment have to be checked
⇒ page 301 ?
1.2.2 Lowering rear axle, front-wheel drive only Passat GTE

olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Arteon
olks 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤
wag does , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
not
byV Running gear, axles, steering
gu
ara - Edition 02.2019
ed
ris nte
utho eo
Special tools and workshop ss
a ra
c
equipment required
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Hook - 10-222A/20-
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
from body.
– If necessary, remove rear silencer of exhaust system ⇒ Rep.
gr. 26 ; Exhaust pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silenc‐
er .
1. Rear axle 159



AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Pull out retaining clip -1- on both sides of vehicle. spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
Do not open brake line.

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
– Secure vehicle to support arms of lifting platform on both sides

fo
en
ng
using tensioning straps - T10038- .

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
WARNING
AG.
platform.

cladding .

– Remove nuts -arrows- and lower heat shield -1-.
– Insert hooks - 10-222A/20- -1- in openings in longitudinal

members -arrow- on both sides of vehicle.
– Pull tensioning belt - T10523- -2- through a hook.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
– Guide tensioning belt - T10523- -1- under retainers -arrows-.
ole,
spec
– Pull tensioning belt - T10523- through the two hooks and se‐
cure the fuel tank. t to the co

rrectne

ss o
cial p

inform
lowing:
mer
atio
m

o
n
c

i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
Specified torques
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
♦ ⇒ “2 Subframe”, page 177

en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheels, Cop py
t. rig
tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Double clamp for exhaust pipes ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust pipes/ Prote
cted AG.
agen
⇒ page 301 ?
1.2.3 Lowering rear axle, four-wheel drive

1. Rear axle 161

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Raise vehicle. wit

, is n
h re
hole
– Remove wheels.
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
from body.
rrectness of i
– Remove rear silencer of exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Ex‐

l purpos

nform
ercia
– Disconnect connector -1- from vehicle level sender -2-.

m
at
om
io

n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.



Note
– Disconnect propshaft from rear final drive and secure ⇒ Rep.

gr. 39 ; Propshaft; Assembly overview - propshaft .

using tensioning straps - gT10038-
swa
en AG. V . agen AG doe
olksw
s k not
Vol gu
1- Tensioning strap
se
d b - T10038-
y ara
nte
ri
ho eo
aut ra
sWARNING
s c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
platform.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re

ole,
spec


t to the co
cladding .
rrectne

s
– Disconnect connector on Haldex coupling above final drive.

s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
163
Prote AG.
1. Rear axle
– Unclip brake line -1- from clip -arrow- on left side.
Note
The clip will be destroyed and must be renewed.
– Lower subframe with attachments about 140 mm.

lowing:
Specified torques n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
♦ ⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - subframe, multi-link suspension,
byV ua
ed ran
four-wheel drive”, page 178 oris tee
th or
u
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep.
ss gr. 44 ; Wheels,
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
propshaft .
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ page 301 ?
t to the co
1.3 Removing and installing rear axle
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.3.1 Removing and installing rear axle, front-wheel drive, ex‐
l purpos
cept Passat GTE”, page 164

⇒ “1.3.2 Removing and installing rear axle, front-wheel drive, only
nform
ercia
Passat GTE”, page 167

m
at
om
⇒ “1.3.3 Removing and installing rear axle, four-wheel drive”,

ion
c
page 171 in t
or
his
ate
1.3.1 Removing and installing rear axle, front-

do
priv
cum
or
wheel drive, except Passat GTE

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Removing subframe with attachments
byV
ol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
– Loosen wheel bolts.thor eo
au ra
c
– Raise vehicle. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Remove wheels.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Vehicles with vehicle level sender. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Disconnect connector -1-, and unclip line from retainer. cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove rear left vehicle level sender - G76- -3- from trans‐
verse link.
1. Rear axle 165


Note
– Remove brake calipers on both sides and tie to body with

brake lines connected ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Rear
brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes .
cladding .

WARNING
platform. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
ksw es n
Vol ot g
d by ua
ran
e
ris tee
– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 180 . utho or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
– Unclip electrical wire -2- on mounting bracket -1- and move pt

an
d
itte
clear. y li
erm
ab
– Mark installation position of bearing bracket -1- on body. ility
ot p
wit
is n

h re
ole,
spec
– Carefully lower subframe with attachments by maximum of

30 mm.
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unclip brake line from

wage
nclips
AG. V-arrows-.
olkswagen AG
doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
Noteutho eo
ra
a c
ss
♦ The clips will be destroyed and must be renewed.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
♦ For reasons of clarity, the illustration shows the subframe from
y li
erm
ab
above in removed state.
ility
ot p
♦ The number of clips may vary.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Lower subframe with attachments.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
When lowering, ensure sufficient clearance to brake lines and
l purpos
electrical wiring.
nform
ercia

m
at
om
io
lowing:
n
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv

p
cum
for
Specified torques
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ ⇒ “2 Subframe”, page 177 t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ ⇒ “6.2 Assembly overview - trailing arm”, page 233
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ ⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview - suspension strut, shock absorber,
spring”, page 220
♦ ⇒ “2.2.1 Assembly overview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-
link suspension, front-wheel drive”, page 289
♦ Bolts for brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake system; Rep.
gr. 46 ; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes
⇒ page 301 ?
1.3.2 Removing and installing rear axle, front-wheel drive, only Passat GTE
1. Rear axle 167


equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Hook - 10-222A/20-
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.



– Disconnect connector -1-, and unclip line from retainer.
verse link.

en AG. V
olkswagen AG
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed
Notetho
ris nte
eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove brake calipers on both sides and tie to body with

erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
cladding .
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
169
co Vo
by lksw
cted 1. Rear axle
agen
Prote AG.

WARNING
platform.
– Remove nuts -arrows- and lower heat shield -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
– Insert hooks - 10-222A/20- -1- in openings in longitudinal
s aut ra
c
members -arrow- on both sides of vehicle. s
ce
le
un
pt
– Pull tensioning belt - T10523- -2- through a hook.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Guide tensioning belt - T10523- -1- under retainers -arrows-.

– Pull tensioning belt - T10523- through the two hooks and se‐
nform
ercia
cure the fuel tank.

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unclip electrical wire -2- on mounting bracket -1- and move

clear.
– Mark installation position of bearing bracket -1- on body.
– Carefully lower subframe with attachments by maximum of
30 mm.
– Unclip brake line from clips -arrows-.
Note

– Lower subframe with attachments.
Note
When lowering, ensure sufficient clearance to brake lines and

electrical wiring. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Installing subframe with attachments ise
d b ara
nte
or eo
h
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry outs abasic setting
ut ra
c
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester. s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
lowing:
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Specified torques
wit
is n
h re
♦ ⇒ “2 Subframe”, page 177
ole,
spec
♦ ⇒ “6.2 Assembly overview - trailing arm”, page 233 t to the co

spring”, page 220
rrectne

ss

o
cial p

inform
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
⇒ page 301 ?
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
1.3.3 Removing and installing rear axle, four-wheel drive cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Rear axle 171


equipment required
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m

at
om
ion
c
in t
or

his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Raise vehicle.

– Remove wheels.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
s c
Vehicles with vehicle level sender. s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
verse link.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
Note
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Disconnect propshaft from rear final drive and secure ⇒ Rep. C py
t. rig
gr. 39 ; Propshaft; Assembly overview - propshaft . gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Remove brake calipers on both sides and tie to body with Prote
cted AG.
agen
cladding .
1. Rear axle 173


WARNING
platform.
– Unclip electrical wire -2- on mounting bracket -1- and move

clear.
– Disconnect connector on Haldex coupling above final drive.
– Carefully lower subframe with attachments another 30 mm.
Note
When lowering components, make sure there is enough clear‐

ance for brake lines, electrical wiring and propshaft centring pin.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
174
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension
agen
Prote AG.
– Unclip brake lines from clips on both sides -arrows-.
Note

– Carefully lower subframe with attachments.
Note
When lowering, ensure sufficient clearance to brake lines, elec‐

trical cables and centring pin to propshaft.

lowing:
Specified torques
four-wheel drive”, page 178
spring”, page 220 en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
lksw n
♦ ⇒ “2.2.1 Assembly overview y V- rear vehicle level senders, multi-
o ot g
ua
db
link suspension, front-wheel
o
ir se drive”, page 289 ran
te
h eo
ut
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels
ss
a and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheels, ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an

itte
y li
propshaft .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w

t to the co

⇒ page 301 ?
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Rear axle 175

1.4 Removing and installing shield for rear

axle
Removing
– Unscrew nuts -1-.
– Pull off shield -2- downwards from subframe and, at the same
time, detach at top -arrow-.
Installing
– Hook in shield -1- in direction of -arrow- and swivel in so that

it engages into top part of subframe.
– Tighten nuts -2-.
agen
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
After installing shield,
ise check again whether shield lug -2- has nte en‐
d b ara
r
gaged properlyuthino subframe -arrow-. eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
e
Specified torques
nl
pt
du
an
itte
♦ ⇒ “2.2 Assembly overview - add-on parts for subframe”, page

y li
erm
ab
179
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Subframe
⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - subframe”, page 177
⇒ “2.2 Assembly overview - add-on parts for subframe”, wagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
page 179 olks not
yV gu b ara
ed nte
⇒ “2.3 Fixing position of subframe”, page 180 thoris e or
au ac
⇒ “2.4 Repairing subframe”, page 193 ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
2.1 Assembly overview - subframe
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview - subframe, multi-link suspension,
ility
front-wheel drive”, page 177 ot p
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - subframe, multi-link suspension,
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2.1.1 Assembly overview - subframe, multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive
rrectness of i
1 - Subframe
l purpos

subframe with attach‐
ments ⇒ page 164
nform
ercia
2 - Rear bonded rubber bush

m
at
om
io
n
c
in t
or
his
e
3 - Front bonded rubber bush

at
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
g
4 - Bolt
n
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ 70 Nm +180°
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
5 - Washer
AG.
❑ Only for Passat GTE
2. Subframe 177
2.1.2 Assembly overview - subframe, multi-link suspension, four-wheel drive
1 - Subframe
subframe with attach‐
ments ⇒ page 171 .
2 - Rear bonded rubber bush AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 199 olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
3 - Front bonded rubber bush rise nte
tho eo
u ra
❑ Renewing ⇒ page ss a 193 c
ce
e
nl
4 - Bolt
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ 70 Nm +180°
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.2 Assembly overview - add-on parts for subframe
1 - Shield
⇒ page 176 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ When installing, the d by V o gu
ara
shield must be attached
orise nte
to the subframe aut
h eo
ra
⇒ Item 3 (page
s 179)
s c
from below -arrow A-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
2 - Nut
y li
erm
ab
❑ 2 Nm
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
3 - Subframe
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 179
2.3 Fixing position of subframe AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
lksw not
⇒ “2.3.1 Fixing position of subframe, front-wheel drive except by V o gu
ara
Passat GTE”, page 180 rise
d
nte
tho eo
u
⇒ “2.3.2 Fixing position of subframe, front-wheel drive, only
ss a Pas‐ ra
c
sat GTE”, page 184
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
⇒ “2.3.3 Fixing position of subframe, four-wheel drive”,
itte
y li
page 188
erm
ab
ility
ot p
2.3.1 Fixing position of subframe, front-wheel drive except Passat GTE
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
equipment required
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Locating pins - T10096-

♦ Rear axle support - T10552-

wage es n
olks
Preparing rear axle support - T10552- ot g
yV b ua
ed ran
– Loosen bolts -arrows- and hoset
ris
dimension -a-. tee
aut or
ac
a - 250 mm ss
ce
le
un
pt
Tighten bolts -arrows-.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Loosen bolt -arrow- for support - T10552/2- -2-.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Turn support - T10552/2- -2- in such a way that hollow points
p by
co Vo
by lksw
in direction of travel. Prote
cted AG.
agen
– Set dimension -b-.

b - 280 mm
Tighten bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm.
– Loosen mounting pins - T10552/1- -3- at bottom on both sides.

– Set dimension -c-.
c - 47 mm
2. Subframe 181
– Turn threaded sleeve of mounting pins - T10552/1- -3- on both

sides to set dimension -d-.
d - 200 mm
– Place rear axle support - T10552- -1- on engine and gearbox

jack - V.A.G 1383 A- or engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- .
– Tighten bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm.

Vehicles with trim for rear axle
– Remove rear axle cladding ⇒ page 176
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Continued for all vehicles Volksw not
gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Position rear axle support - T10552- -1- with engine and gear‐
hole
box jack - V.A.G 1383 A- or engine and gearbox jack - VAS

spec
6931- -5- under rear axle and jack up.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Running
ksw
gear,
agen axles, steering -oeEdition
sn 02.2019
ol ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Insert mounting pins - T10552/1- -2- in holes of rear axle

-arrows A-.
– Secure support - T10552/2- -3- on rear axle using tensioning
strap -4-.
Installing locating pins - T10096-
To fix position of subframe, locating pins - T10096- must be
screwed in successively at positions -1- on both sides of vehicle.
– Remove one hexagon bolt -1- on each side.
Note
Only the left side of vehicle is shown to improve clarity.
2. Subframe 183
– Screw in locating pins - T10096- -1-.
Note
The locating pins - T10096- may be tightened only to a maximum

of 20 Nm; otherwise the threads of the locating pins may be dam‐
aged.
– Replace securing bolts on subframe gen AG one after

. Volkswagen Athe
G doother on
both sides with a locating ol swafrom the locating pin
kpin seto-t g
es n
y V
T10096- -1- and tighten
ised b to 20 Nm. ua
ran
r tee
ho
The position of theautsubframe is now fixed. or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
2.3.2 Fixing position of subframe, front-wheel drive, only Passat GTE
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
equipment required
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Preparing rear axle support - T10552-

– Loosen bolts -arrows- and set dimension -a-.
a - 250 mm

in direction of travel.
b - 280 mm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
is n
c - 47 mm
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
185
AG.
2. Subframe

d - 200 mm

jack - VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
box jack - VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383
h re
hole
A- -5- under rear axle and jack up.

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
-arrows A-.
strap -4-.
rrectness of i

l purpos

– Remove hexagon bolt -1- from subframe at front on left side.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 187
– Insert locating pin - T10559- in subframe mounting -1- ensur‐

ing that washer -2- remains free to move.
Note
The locating pin - T10559- must contact the body.
– Tighten locating pin - T10096- to 20 Nm.

– Repeat procedure on right side.
– Remove hexagon head bolt -arrow- on left side.

– Insert locating pin - T10559- in subframe mounting -1- ensur‐
ing that bracket -2- remains free to move.
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
Note ir se
d b ran
o tee
th or
u
The locatingss pin - T10559- must contact the body.
a ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Tighten locating pin - T10096- to 20 Nm.

itte
y li
erm
ab
– Repeat procedure on right side.

ility
ot p
wit
is n
The position of the subframe is now fixed.

h re
ole,
spec
2.3.3 Fixing position of subframe, four-wheel drive

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
ole,

spec

t to the co

Preparing rear axle support - T10552-
rrectne
– Loosen bolts -arrows- and set dimension -a-.

s
a - 250 mm
s o
cial p
f i

nform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 189
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passatau2015
t ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤ ra
c
s
s - Edition 02.2019
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
in direction of travel.
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
b - 410 mm
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

c - 47 mm

d - 215 mm


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
box jack - VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383
h re
hole
A- -5- under rear axle and jack up.

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 191
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i

-arrows A-.
l purpos

strap -4-.
nf
ercia
orm
Installing locating pins - T10096-

m
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi

te
sd
iva
o
r
– Remove one hexagon bolt -1- on each side.

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Note
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Only the left side of vehicle is shown to improve clarity.
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Screw in locating pins - T10096- -1-.
Note
The locating pins - T10096- may be tightened only to a maximum

of 20 Nm; otherwise the threads of the locating pins may be dam‐
aged.
– Replace securing bolts on subframe one after the other on

both sides with a locating pin from the locating pin set -
T10096- -1- and tighten to 20 Nm.
The position of the subframe is now fixed.
2.4 Repairing subframe olksw

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
byV gu
ara
⇒ “2.4.1 Renewing bonded rubber bush”, page 193 rised
nte
ho eo
ut
⇒ “2.4.2 Renewing rear bonded rubber bush”, pagess199
a ra
c
ce
e
2.4.1 Renewing bonded rubber bush

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
equipment required
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 193
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition o02.2019 oes
lksw no t gu
yV
db ara
♦ Assembly tool - T10263- ir se nte
ho eo
aut ra
♦ Assembly tool - T10356- ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Note
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ If a bonded rubber bush is defective, the bonded rubber bush cted agen
Prote AG.
on the opposite side must also be renewed; allocation ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue “ETKA” .
♦ Before replacing a defective bonded rubber bush, check the
other bonded rubber bushes.
♦ If cracks or other damage is visible, these bonded rubber
bushes must be renewed also.
♦ To renew bonded rubber bushes, the subframe must be low‐
ered at the front or the rear. The removal of the subframe is
not required.
♦ Mark position of bonded rubber bushes in relation to subframe
before removing.
Pressing out front bonded rubber bush

– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– Remove spring ⇒ page 226 .
– Unscrew bolt for track rod on wheel bearing housing.
– Push track rod downwards, and screw in bolt again.
– Push back track rod as far as possible.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Note ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
ut ra
Do not open brake line. s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
cladding .
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
WARNING
nf
ercia
o
rm
platform.
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
– Mark installation position of bonded rubber bush in relation to
Co
op py
subframe with e.g. a felt-tip pen -1-.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Make a mark -1- on subframe centred on cut-out in bonded rubber

bush -2-.
– Lever anti-twist device -1- off bonded rubber bush near re‐
taining lug using, for example, a screwdriver -2-.
– Lower subframe approx. 100 mm using engine and gearbox
2. Subframe 195
Note
– Fit special tools as shown in illustration.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
1 - Hexagon nut - T10263/5-

c
in t
or
his
e
2 - Thrust piece - T10356/1-

at
do
priv
cum
or
3 - Subframe
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
4 - Tube - T10356/2- , side with recess faces subframe t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
5 - Thrust plate - T10205/1- pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


8 - Threaded spindle - T10263/4-
– Take up play in special tools.
– Press out bonded rubber bush.
Note n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
♦ The collarhoof
r the outer ring of the bonded rubber bush
is tewill
e o be sheared off by the mounting when the bush is
pulled sout.
au This occurs with a loud bang.
t ra
c
s
♦ After the bush has been pulled out, the collar must be removed from the tube - T10356/2- with light hammer
ce
le
un
pt
blows.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Pressing in front bonded rubber bush
ot p
wit
is n
– As an assembly aid, draw a line -1- on the vertical rib of the
h re
ole,
bonded rubber bush.
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
– Coat outer edge of bonded rubber bush with assembly paste.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
– Set up special tools with bonded rubber bush on subframe as

um
r
fo
en
shown.
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 197
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

2 - Thrust piece - T10356/7- - the marking -A- points towards
nform
ercia
subframe
m
3 - Subframe
com
tion in
4 - Align bonded rubber bush on mark, made for this purpose (the
r
te o
thi
marks must align with one another)

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
5 - Thrust piece - T10356/8- - the flattened sides must engage in

fo
en
g
cover of bonded rubber bush -arrows-.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
6 - Thrust plate - T10205/1-
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
7 - Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- with thrust piece - T10205/13- by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Check position of bonded rubber bush, realign if necessary
and preload bonded rubber bush using special tools.

Note
♦ Ensure that the hose from the hydraulic cylinder - VAS 6178-
to the foot pump - VAS 6179- is routed between the trailing
arm and the fuel tank while pressing in the bush.
♦ Ensure that the bonded rubber bush does not cant at the start
of the pressing action. Otherwise, the outer ring could be dam‐
aged.
– Operate pump to press bonded rubber bush in until collar lies

»flush« on subframe.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “4.2 Assembly overview - track rod”, page 214
♦ Exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust pipes/silencers; As‐
sembly overview - silencer
2.4.2 Renewing rear bonded rubber bush
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
199
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe

equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Note ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
ut ra
♦ If a bonded rubber bush
s is defective, the bonded rubber bush
s a c
on the opposite side must also be renewed; allocation ⇒ Elec‐
ce
le
un
pt
tronic parts catalogue “ETKA” .
an
d
itte
y li
rm
♦ Before replacing a defective bonded rubber bush, check the
ab
pe
ility
other bonded rubber bushes.
ot
wit
, is n
♦ If cracks or other damage is visible, these bonded rubber
h re
hole
bushes must be renewed also.
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ To renew bonded rubber bushes, the subframe must be low‐
t to the co
ered at the front or the rear. The removal of the subframe is
not required.
rrectness of i
♦ Mark position of bonded rubber bushes in relation to subframe
before removing.
l purpos
Pressing out rear bonded rubber bush
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tio
– Raise vehicle.
n in
r
te o
thi
– Remove wheels.
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

cladding .

WARNING
platform.
2. Subframe 201
– Mark installation position of bonded rubber bush in relation to

subframe with e.g. a felt-tip pen -1-.
Note
Make a mark -1- on subframe centred on cut-out in bonded rubber

bush -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut
– Lever anti-twist device -1- off bonded rubber bush nearss re‐
a ra
c
taining lug using, for example, a screwdriver -2-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Lower subframe approx. 100 mm using engine and gearbox
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Note
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Fit special tools as shown in illustration.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 - Thrust piece - T10356/5-
3 - Subframe
4 - Tube - T10356/6- , side with recess faces subframe
– Take up play in special tools.
Note
♦ The collar of the outer ring of the bonded rubber bush will be sheared off by the mounting when the bush is
pulled out. This occurs with a loud bang.
♦ After the bush has been pulled out, the collar must be removed from the tube - T10356/6- with light hammer
blows.
2. Subframe 203
Pressing in rear bonded rubber bush

– As an assembly aid, draw a line -1- on the vertical rib of the
bonded rubber bush.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Coat outer edge of bonded rubber bush with assembly paste.
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Set up special tools with bonded rubber bush on subframe as
ot p
shown.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 - Thrust piece - T10356/7- - the marking -B- points towards
subframe

3 - Subframe
4 - Align bonded rubber bush on mark, made for this purpose (the
marks must align with one another)
5 - Thrust piece - T10356/8- - the flattened sides must engage in
cover of bonded rubber bush -arrows-.
– Check position of bonded rubber bush, realign if necessary
and preload bonded rubber bush using special tools.
Note
Ensure that the bonded rubber bush does not cant at the start ofwagen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
the pressing action. Otherwise, the outer ring could be damaged.
yV
olks s no
t gu
b ara
ed nte
oris e
– Operate pump to press bonded rubber bush in until
au
th collar lies or
ac
»flush« on subframe. ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Specified torques
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
♦ Exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust pipes/silencers; As‐
rrectne
sembly overview - silencer
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 205
3 Anti-roll bar
⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar”, page 206
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing anti-roll bar”, page 207
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing coupling rod”, page 208
3.1 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar

⇒ “3.1.1 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar, multi-link suspension,
front-wheel drive”, page 206
⇒ “3.1.2 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar, multi-link suspension,
3.1.1 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar, multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive
1 - Subframe
2 - Anti-roll bar
❑ With rubber bushes
⇒ page 207
4 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ 20 Nm +180° olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
5 - Coupling rod rise nte
tho eo
u ra
❑ Removing and installing ss a c
⇒ page 208
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
6 - Bolt
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ Tighten evenly.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
❑ 20 Nm +90°
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
7 - Bolt
t to the co
8 - Nut
rrectness of i

l purpos
terhold at multi-point
socket of coupling rod
❑ 55 Nm
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.1.2 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar, multi-link suspension, four-wheel drive

2 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm +180°
3 - Coupling rod olkswage es n
ot g
yV
❑ Removing d b and installing ua
ran
ise
⇒ page
tho 208
r tee
or
au ac
4 - Bolt ss
ce
le
un
❑ Tighten evenly.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
❑ 20 Nm +90°
ot
wit
, is n
5 - Bolt
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
6 - Nut
terhold at multi-point
rrectness of i
socket of coupling rod
l purpos
❑ 55 Nm
7 - Anti-roll bar nform
ercia
❑ With rubber bushes

m

com
tio
⇒ page 207
n in
r
te o
thi
8 - Subframe
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.2 Removing and installing anti-roll bar

3. Anti-roll bar 207

Removing
Note
The following procedure is for the left side of the vehicle. The
procedure for the right side of the vehicle is identical.
Vehicles with trim for rear axle

– Remove rear axle cladding ⇒ page 176
– Remove bolts -arrows- for anti-roll bar -1-.
– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -2-.

– Remove anti-roll bar -3- from subframe.
Vehicles with all-wheel drive
– Guide out anti-roll bar over exhaust system.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Installing olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
Carry out installation in the reversethosequence, noting the follow‐
ris nte
eo
ing: s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Tighten bolts -arrows- for anti-roll bar -1- evenly on subframe

erm
ab
-2-.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Specified torques
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
3.3 Removing and installing coupling rod

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331- hor eo
aut ra
♦ Tensioning strap - T10038- ss c
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte

y li
erm
ab
ility
Removing
ot p
wit
is n

h re
ole,
spec
– Raise vehicle.
t to the co
– Remove wheel.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
209
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen 3. Anti-roll bar
Prote AG.

WARNING
platform.
– Position engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine and

gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- under lower transverse link.
– Press transverse suspension link upwards slightly.
– Undo nuts -1- and -3- and pull out bolt -4-.
– Pull coupling rod -2- out of anti-roll bar and trailing arm.
Installing
ing:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Insert coupling rod -2-, fit nuts -1- and -3- and tighten in unla‐ t to the co
den position ⇒ page 11 .
rrectness of i
– When tightening nut -1-, counterhold at multi-point socket of

bolt.
l purpos
Specified torques
nform
ercia

m

com
tio

n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Arteon
horis 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant
tee 2015 ➤
t or
au Running gear, axles, steering - Edition a02.2019
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
4 Suspension link, track rod
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - transverse link”, page 211
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “4.2 Assembly overview - track rod”, page 214
hole
spec
⇒ “4.3 Removing and installing upper transverse link”,
es, in part or in w
page 215
t to the co
⇒ “4.4 Removing and installing lower transverse link”, page 216
rrectness of i
⇒ “4.5 Removing and installing track rod”, page 218
l purpos
4.1 Assembly overview - transverse link
⇒ “4.1.1 Assembly overview - transverse link, multi-link suspen‐
nf
ercia
o
sion, front-wheel drive”, page 211
rm
m
atio
m
⇒ “4.1.2 Assembly overview - transverse link, multi-link suspen‐

o
n in
c
sion, four-wheel drive”, page 212

or
thi
te
sd
a
4.1.1 Assembly overview - transverse link, multi-link suspension, front-wheel

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
drive
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
1 - Nut p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
2 - Washer
⇒ page 215
4 - Washer
6 - Bolt
❑ Always tighten threaded
connections in unladen
position ⇒ page 11
❑ 130 Nm +180°
7 - Nut
8 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +180°
⇒ page 216
10 - Eccentric bolt
❑ A wheel alignment
check must be per‐
formed if loosened
⇒ page 294
❑ Do not turn more than 90° in either direction (i.e. from minimum to maximum adjustment position).
4. Suspension link, track rod 211

11 - Nut
❑ Always tighten threaded connections in unladen position ⇒ page 11
❑ 95 Nm
12 - Eccentric washer
❑ Inner hole with lug
13 - Nut
❑ 95 Nm
15 - Subframe
16 - Eccentric bolt
❑ A wheel alignment check must be performed if loosened ⇒ page 294
4.1.2 Assembly overview - transverse link, multi-link suspension, four-wheel drive

swage es n
1 - Washer yV
olk ot g
ua
d b ran
2 - Nut ir se tee
tho
u or
❑ Renew after removal ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ page 215
ility
ot p
wit
4 - Washer
, is n
h re
hole
5 - Bolt
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ Renew after removal t to the co

rrectness of i
❑ 130 Nm +180°
l purpos

nform
ercia
7 - Nut
m

at
om
ion
c
8 - Spreader rivet
in t
or
his
ate
9 - Bolt
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
position ⇒ page 11 p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ 70 Nm +180°
cted agen
Prote AG.

⇒ page 216

11 - Stone deflector
12 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
13 - Subframe
14 - Eccentric bolt
❑ Do not turn more than 90° in either direction
wage
n(i.e.
AG. Vfrom
olkswaminimum
gen AG
doe to maximum adjustment position).
ks s no
Vol t
15 - Nut db
y gu
ara
rise nte
❑ Renew after removal utho eo
ra
a
❑ Always tighten threaded connections
ss in unladen position ⇒ page 11 c
ce
le
un
❑ 95 Nm
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
17 - Eccentric bolt
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
19 - Nut
ss
o
cial p
f in
form
mer
❑ 95 Nm
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.2 Assembly overview - track rod

⇒ “4.2.1 Assembly overview - track rod, multi-link suspension,
front-wheel drive”, page 214
⇒ “4.2.2 Assembly overview - track rod, multi-link suspension,
4.2.1 Assembly overview - track rod, multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive
1 - Subframe
2 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +180°
4 - Track rod
⇒ page 218
5 - Bolt
❑ Always tighten threaded AG. Volkswagen AG d
connections in unladen agen oes
olksw not
position ⇒ page 11 d byV gu
ara
ise nte
❑ 70 Nm +180° hor eo
aut ra
c
6 - Nut ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.2.2 Assembly overview - track rod, multi-link suspension, four-wheel drive
1 - Subframe
2 - Bolt
4 - Track rod
⇒ page 218
5 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +180°
6 - Nut
❑ 70 Nm +180°
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
4.3 Removing and installing upper trans‐ nform

ercia
verse link
m
a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat r2015
ised
➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤ nte
o eo
Running gear, axles,asteering
ut
h
- Edition 02.2019 ra
ss c
ce
le
– Raise vehicle.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Remove wheels.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– If fitted, detach line from retainer on transverse link.
hole
spec
– Unscrew nut -1- and remove washer -2-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Pull out bolt -4-.
– Remove shim -3-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
– Use felt-tip pen or similar to mark position of eccentric bolt
fo
en
g
-3- in relation to subframe.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Unscrew nut -2- and pull out eccentric bolt -3-.
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
– Take out upper transverse link -1-.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
ing:
• The threaded connections of the suspension link may only be
loosened and tightened in the unladen weight position
⇒ page 11 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - transverse link”, page 211
– Perform wheel alignment ⇒ page 301 .
4.4 Removing and installing lower trans‐

verse link
Removing
– Raise vehicle.

– Remove wheel.
– Remove bracket for rear left vehicle level sender -2-.
Vehicles with stone deflector

– Remove spreader rivet -1-.
– Remove bolts -2- for stone guard -3-.
– Disengage and lower exhaust system at rear ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ;
Exhaust pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencers .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Mark position of eccentric bolt -2- in relation to subframe, for

example using a felt-tip pen.
– Undo nut -1- and pull out bolt -2-.
– Remove lower transverse link.
Installing
ing:
Specified torques
♦ Rear exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust pipes/silencers;
Assembly overview - silencer
• Observe mark made for position of eccentric bolt -2- relative
to subframe.
• The threaded connections of the transverse link may only be
loosened and tightened in the unladen weight position wage
es n
⇒ page 11 . yV
olks ot g
u b ara
ed
– Perform wheel alignment ⇒ page 301 . oris nte
e
th or
au ac
ss
4.5 Removing and installing track rod
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c

in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Unscrew nut -1- and bolt -3- by a few turns.

– Unscrew bolt -3- and remove. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
– Unscrew nut -1-, and remove bolt -4- towards by V rear. Push anti- ua
ed ran
roll bar upwards while doing so. oris tee
th or
au ac
– Remove track rod -2-. ss
ce
le
un
Installing
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ing:
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Specified torques
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
• The threaded connection of the track rod may be tightened
s
only when the dimension measured between the centre of
s o
wheel hub and lower edge of wheel housing before starting

cial p
f in
the work has been attained ⇒ page 11 .

form
mer
atio
– Perform wheel alignment ⇒ page 301 .

om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5 Suspension strut, shock absorber,

spring
⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview - suspension strut, shock absorber,
spring”, page 220
⇒ “5.2 Removing and installing shock absorbers”, page 221
⇒ “5.3 Repairing shock absorber”, page 223
⇒ “5.4 Removing and installing spring”, page 226
5.1 Assembly overview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring
1 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm +45°
2 - Shock absorbers
⇒ page 221
❑ Note correct installation
position of cable tie fas‐
tener.
❑ Defective shock absorb‐
ers must always be de‐
gassed and drained be‐
fore disposal ⇒ page 20
3 - Upper spring seat
❑ Fit on “lug” on body.
4 - Spring
⇒ page 226
AG. Volkswagen AG d
5 - Clip agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
❑ No replacement part d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
6 - Lower spring seat aut ra
c
ss
❑ Turn end of spring
ce
le
un
against stop
pt
an
d
itte
y li
❑ When installing, fit pin

rm
ab
into aperture in spring

pe
ility
mounting on lower
ot
wit
, is n
transverse link -arrow-.

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
8 - Nut
rrectness of i
❑ Always tighten bolted

connection with suspen‐
l purpos
sion in unladen position ⇒ page 11

❑ 70 Nm +180°
nform
ercia
9 - Bolt
m

com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
220
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen Arteon o2018
es n ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
olksw ot g
yV
ed b Running
ua
ran gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019
oris tee
th or
u
5.2 Removing and installing shock absorb‐
a ac
ss
ce
e
ers
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring 221

Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
WARNING
platform.
– Remove rear wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs,

exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liner; Removing
n AG. Vand
olkswagen AG
installing rear wheel housing liner . lkswage does
not
o
yV gu
db ara
ir se nte
Vehicles with vehicle level sender. utho eo
ra
a c
– Unscrew bolts -1-. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Vehicles with adaptive chassis control DCC rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
– Pull line -3- off shock absorber -2- -arrow-.

orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
Note
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
If there is moisture in the area of the connector, blow compressed

rp
cu
o
air on the contacts on the shock absorber and the connector.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- under transverse link, and press
AG.
upwards slightly.

– Remove bolts -1- for shock absorber -2-.

– Remove stone guard -3- from lower transverse link -4-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Unscrew nut -1- and remove bolt -2-.

– Remove shock absorber.
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos

lowing:
nform
ercia

m

com
tion in
r
Specified torques
te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
spring”, page 220

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - transverse link”, page 211 t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liner; Removing and installing rear
wheel housing liner .
• The threaded connections of the shock absorber to the lower
transverse link may only be loosened and tightened in the un‐
laden weight position ⇒ page 11 .
5.3 Repairing shock absorber

1 - Shock absorbers
⇒ page 221
❑ Defective shock absorb‐
ers must always be de‐
gassed and drained be‐
fore disposal ⇒ page 18
❑ Checking shock absorb‐
er following removal
⇒ page 3
2 - Protective tube
3 - Buffer stop
4 - Shock absorber mounting
5 - Nut
❑ Loosening and tighten‐
ing ⇒ page 225
❑ 25 Nm
6 - Cover
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
d by
V
Arteon 2018 gu➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
ara
e nte
horis Running e ogear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019
aut ra
ss c
Special tools and work‐
ce
le
un
shop equipment re‐
pt
an
d
itte
quired
y li
erm
ab
♦ Torque wrench -
ility
ot p
V.A.G 1331-
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
♦ Shock absorber tool
c
i
or
n thi
set - T10001-
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Ring spanner insert

(commercial type,
e.g. »Hazet
6630c-21«)
Loosening and tighten‐
ing threaded connection
for shock absorber
mounting
1- Ring spanner in‐
sert (commercial
type, e.g. »Hazet
6630c-21«)
2- Insert - T10001/9-
3- Commercially
available ratchet
handle
4- Torque wrench -
V.A.G 1331-
5- Insert - T10001/1-
6- Shock absorber
mounting
Install in reverse order.
During this procedure,
observe the following:

– Slide protective tube -1- onto shock absorber mounting -2-.

– Fit cable tie -3- and tighten.
Note
The fastener -arrow- of the cable tie -3- must be located within
area -a-.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “5.3 Repairing shock absorber”, page 223
5.4 Removing and installing spring

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen A
Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat agen
ksw 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant
es n 2015 ➤
G do
Vol ot g
Running
ed b gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019
y ua
ra
ris nte
tho eo
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410- ss
au ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectnes
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
WARNING
platform.


– Press lugs -arrows- of assembly aid -1- inwards.

n AG. Volkswagen AG age does
ksw not
– Remove assembly aid -1-
by upwards.
Vol gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
Note ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
It is not possible to remove assembly aid -1- without damage.
itte
y li
Reinstallation of the assembly aid is not required.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- under transverse link, and press
hole
spec
upwards slightly.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Insert spring compressor -3-.
1- Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/3A-
rrectness of i
2- Adapter - V.A.G 1752/9-

l purpos

nf
ercia
4- Spring
orm
m
atio
om
n in
WARNING
or c
thi
te
sd
a
Ensure that coil spring is correctly seated in spring retainer -

iv
o
r
rp
cu
V.A.G 1752/3A- -arrow- (risk of accident).

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
Note
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Use a spanner or a reversible ratchet handle to compress spring

compressor.
– Compress coil spring.
– Undo nut -1- and pull out bolt -2- for coupling rod -3-.

– Unscrew nut -1- and pull out bolt -2- securing shock absorber.
– Unscrew nut -3- and pull out bolt -4- securing wheel bearing
housing.
WARNING
Hold spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1- with the compressed

spring (risk of accident).
– Slowly lower engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine

and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- below transverse link far
enough that spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1- can be re‐
moved together with compressed spring.
Installing
lowing:
– Check that the lower spring plate is not damaged.

– If necessary, renew lower spring plate.
– Place lower plate onto bottom of coil spring.
End of spring -arrow- must contact stop in lower spring seat.
– Mount spring together with spring plate.
– The spring seat has a lug.
– Insert this pin in holes in lower transverse link -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Insert upper spring seat into upper end of spring.

t to the co
– Bead of spring seat -arrow- must lie against coil spring cor‐
rectly.
rrectne
WARNING
ss o
Hold spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1- with the compressed

cial p
f in
spring (risk of accident).

form
mer
atio
om

c
i
or
n thi
gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- beneath lower transverse link

te
sd
a
and press upwards.

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
229
by c lksw
cted
5. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring
agen
Prote AG.
– Insert bolt -4- for wheel bearing housing, and screw on nut
-3-.
– Insert bolt -2- for shock absorber, and screw on nut -1-.
– Insert bolt -2- for coupling rod -3-, and screw on nut -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Release tension on spring -4- while locating upper spring seat
hole
on lug on body.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove spring compressor -3-.
rrectness of i
2- Adapter - V.A.G 1752/9-
l purpos

4- Spring
nform
ercia
Specified torques
m
at
om
io
n
c
in t
or
his

ate
do
priv

um
for
spring”, page 220

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheels, t. C rig
gh ht
tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm

⇒ “6.1 Assembly overview - wheel bearing”, page 231
⇒ “6.2 Assembly overview - trailing arm”, page 233
⇒ “6.3 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing”,
page 233
⇒ “6.4 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit”, page 243
⇒ “6.5 Renewing bonded rubber bush for wheel bearing housing”,
page 249
⇒ “6.6 Removing and installing trailing arm with mounting brack‐
et”, page 253
⇒ “6.7 Repairing trailingAarm”, page 255
G. Volkswagen
n AG do
wage es n
olks
6.1 ed
byAssembly overview - wheel bearing
V ot g
ua
ran
ris tee
⇒ “6.1.1
au
th Assembly overview -
o
suspension, multi-link suspension,
or
ac
front-wheel
ss drive”, page 231
ce
le
un
⇒ “6.1.2 Assembly overview - suspension, multi-link suspension, pt

an
d
itte
four-wheel drive”, page 232 y li

rm
ab
pe
ility
6.1.1 Assembly overview - suspension, multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

⇒ page 233
2 - Bonded rubber bush
rrectness of i

l purpos
3 - Washer
❑ Chamfer of washer
nform
ercia
must face outwards.

m
a
com
4 - Bolt
ion in
r
❑ Specified torque ⇒
te o
thi
Brake system; Rep. gr.

s
iva
do
r
46 ; Rear brakes; As‐

rp
cum
fo
sembly overview - rear

en
ng
t.
yi
brakes
Co
Cop py
t. rig
5 - Brake disc
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
❑ Removing and instal‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
ling: ⇒ Brake system;
AG.
Rep. gr. 46 ; Rear

brakes; Assembly over‐
view - rear brakes
6 - Dust cap
❑ Pressing off and driving
in ⇒ page 243
❑ A proper seal can be
achieved only by instal‐
ling a new grease cap.
7 - Bolt
❑ Before fitting, clean
threads in stub axle us‐
ing a thread tap.
6. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 231

❑ 200 Nm +90°
8 - Wheel bearing unit agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 243 d by
Vo gu
ara
e nte
❑ The wheel bearing and wheel hub are assembled
horis
in one housing. eo
ut ra
❑ This wheel bearing unit is maintenance-free
ss a
and does not require adjustment. Adjustments c and repairs
are not possible!
ce
le
un
pt
an
❑ Different versions are possible - encoder ring made of plastic or rubber; refer to ⇒ Electronic parts
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ Always install wheel bearing unit provided - mixing different types is permissible
wit
is n
h re
9 - Bolt
ole,
spec
❑ Specified torque ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes
t to the co
10 - Heat shield
❑ Removing and installing: ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes
rrectne
6.1.2 Assembly overview - suspension, multi-link suspension, four-wheel drive
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
1 - Drive shaft
atio
om
2 - Bolt
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
❑ 90 Nm +90°
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Removing and installing t. C rig
gh ht
⇒ page 238 yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.

5 - Brake disc
⇒ Brake system; Rep.
gr. 46 ; Rear brakes;
Assembly overview -
rear brakes
6 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque ⇒
Brake system; Rep. gr.
46 ; Rear brakes; As‐
sembly overview - rear
brakes
7 - Bolt
❑ Loosening and tighten‐
ing ⇒ page 262
❑ Before fitting, clean
threads in stub axle us‐
ing a thread tap.
❑ 200 Nm +180°
8 - Wheel bearing unit
⇒ page 247
❑ The wheel bearing and wheel hub are assembled in one housing.
❑ This wheel bearing unit is maintenance-free and does not require adjustment. Adjustments and repairs
are not possible!

9 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes
10 - Heat shield
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes
6.2 Assembly overview - trailing arm
1 - Cover
2 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm +45°
3 - Mounting bracket
4 - Bolt
❑ 90 Nm +90°
KA”
6 - Trailing arm
⇒ page 253
❑ Observe installation po‐
sition
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
8 - Bolt ksw
ag does
not
y Vol gu
❑ M12 edx 1.5
b ara
nte
oris
❑ auRenew
t h after removal eo
ra
ss c
❑ 70 Nm +90°
ce
le
un
pt
9 - Bolt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
❑ M14 x 1.5
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re
❑ 70 Nm +90°
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
housing
l purpos
⇒ “6.3.1 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing, multi-

nform
ercia
⇒ “6.3.2 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing, multi-

m
link suspension, four-wheel drive”, page 238

a
com
tion in
6.3.1 Removing and installing wheel bearing

r
te o
thi
s
housing, multi-link suspension, front-

iva
do
r
rp
cum
wheel drive
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
233
cted agen
Prote
6. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm
AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Removing
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Raise vehicle.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Remove wheel.
spec
– Remove wheel bearing unit ⇒ page 243 .

t to the co
– Remove heat shield ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Rear
rrectne

s

s o
cial p

inform
mer

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Disconnect electrical connector from ABS speed sensor and
electromechanical parking brake motor.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
WARNING
rrectne
platform.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under track rod, and press
i
or
n thi
e
upwards slightly.
t
sd
iva
o
pr
– Remove bolts -2- and -3- one after the other.

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015Vo➤ lksw
a
not
y gu
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019 ised b ara
nte
r
ho eo
ut ra
– Unscrew bolt -1-. ss
a c
ce
e
nl
– Take out wheel bearing housing -2-.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
ing:
h re
hole
spec
It is essential to follow specified sequence of work steps below!
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Insert wheel bearing housing -2-.
– Insert bolt -1- and tighten only hand-tight.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Insert bolt -4- with washer -3-.

– Install washer -2-.
– Tighten nut -1- hand-tight.

upwards slightly.
– Screw in bolts -2- and -3- by hand.
gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- -1- from under track rod.
– Install heat shield ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Rear brakes;
Assembly overview - rear brakes .
– Install wheel bearing unit ⇒ page 243 .
The threaded connections of the wheel bearing housing may only
be loosened and tightened in the unladen weight position
⇒ page 11 .

– Tighten bolt -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Tighten nut -1-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- with support - T10149- from
wheel hub.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
Do not tighten bolts securing trailing arm to wheel bearing housing

at
do
riv
until all other suspension components (especially spring and

p
cum
or
shock absorber) on that side are fitted. To tighten, wheel suspen‐

f
en
ng
t.
sion must be in extended position. Only then do trailing arm and
yi Co
op py
wheel bearing housing move to the necessary position -arrows-. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Installing spring ⇒ page 226 .
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Tighten bolts -2- and -3-.

Perform further installation in reverse order, paying attention to
the following:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “6.1.1 Assembly overview - suspension, multi-link suspen‐
spring”, page 220
♦ Bolts for heat shield, brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake
system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear
brakes en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
housing, smulti-link suspension, four-
th
s au ra
c
wheel drive
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm
ab
ility

ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c

i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Loosen bolt securing drive shaft at wheel hub
shaft”, page 262 .
Caution


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove wheel bearing unit ⇒ page 243 .
– Remove heat shield ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Rear
. Volkswagen AG
ksw
agen
AG does
not
ol
yV gu
– Unscrew bolts -1-. ised b ara
nte
r
tho eo
– Remove brackets aufor rear left vehicle level sender -2-. ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


AG . Volkswagen AG
– Disconnect electrical connector from ABS speed
ksw
agensensor and does
not
l
electromechanical parking brake motor.by Vo gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
WARNING
rm
m
atio
m
o
n in
or c
platform.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Position engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine and cop Vo
by lksw
gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under track rod, and press cted agen
Prote AG.
upwards slightly.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ut
ho Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat e o Variant 2015 ➤
ra
a
ss Running gear, axles, steering - Edition c 02.2019
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Take out wheel bearing housing -2-.
ility
ot p
wit
Installing
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ing:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
It is essential to follow specified sequence of work steps below!
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Insert wheel bearing housing -2-.

m
at
– Insert bolt -1- and tighten only hand-tight.
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Insert bolt -4- with washer -3-.

– Tighten nut -1- hand-tight.

upwards slightly.
– Install wheel bearing unit ⇒ page 243 .
– Install heat shield ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Rear brakes;
Assembly overview - rear brakes .
The threaded connections of the wheel bearing housing may only
be loosened and tightened in the unladen weight position
⇒ page 11 .

– Tighten bolt -1-.

gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- from wheel hub.

wheel bearing housing move to the necessary
wage
n AG. Volksposition
wagen AG -arrows-.
doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
– Install coil spring ⇒ page
ed 226 .
by ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


the following:
Specified torques
spring”, page 220
shaft”, page 262
brakes

unit
⇒ “6.4.1 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit, multi-link AG. Volkswagen AG d
suspension, front-wheel drive”, page 243 agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
⇒ “6.4.2 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit, multi-link
rised
nte
suspension, four-wheel drive”, page 247 ut
ho eo
r a ac
ss
6.4.1 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit, multi-link suspension, front-
ce
le
un
pt
wheel drive
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Fitting sleeve - 3241/4-

♦ Hub grease cap puller - VW 637/2-
♦ Hexagon bit, long reach - T10162 A-
Removing
Note
♦ There are different versions of the wheel bearing unit - encoder

ring made of plastic or rubber; refer to ⇒ Electronic Parts
Catalogue “ETKA” .
♦ Always install the provided wheel bearing unit. It is permitted
to install mixed types.

– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.

wage
n AG. Vsteering
olkswagen -AG
Edition
doe 02.2019
ks s no
Vol t gu
by ara
– Loosen grease cap from seat by tapping lightly on claw ris of hub
ed
nte
grease cap puller - VW 637/2- -1-. tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Pry off grease cap.
l purpos
1- Hub grease cap puller - VW 637/2-
– Detach brake carrier with brake caliper and tie to body with
nform
ercia
wire ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Rear brakes; Assembly

overview - rear brakes .
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
Note
at
do
priv
cum
or
Hang brake caliper from body.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Remove bolt for brake disc and remove brake disc. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Unscrew bolt -1- using socket - T10162 A- -2-.
Prote AG.
Caution
Do not use an impact driver when removing bolt -1- with socket
- T10162 A- -2-!
– Pull wheel bearing unit off stub axle.
Caution
• Avoid soiling and damage to seal when placing on a sur‐

face or storing.

Wheel bearing -1- must always face upwards.

– Always set wheel bearing unit on hub -2- when placing on a
surface.
Installing
ing:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
– Carefully push wheel hub/wheel bearing
orised
unit -2- onto stub nte
axle. aut
h eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
Caution
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Ensure that the wheel hubs/wheel bearing unit does not cant!
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Screw in new bolt -1- and tighten to specified torque.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nf
ercia
♦ First tighten bolt to specified torque setting using torque

or
wrench.
m
m
atio
m
♦ Use a rigid spanner for turning further by angle.

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Caution
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Do not use an impact driver when tightening bolt -1- with socket C py
t. rig
- T10162 A- -2-! gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Drive in grease cap.

1- Fitting sleeve - 3241/4-
Always renew removed grease caps.
Damaged grease caps may allow moisture to enter the bearing.
Therefore, always use the tool shown in the illustration.
Specified torques
brakes

unit, multi-link suspension, four-wheel
drive
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
Removing
atio
om
– Loosen outer drive shaft threaded connection

c
i
or

thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Remove coil springs ⇒ page 226 .

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove drive shaft ⇒ page 263 . C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
– Detach brake carrier with brake caliper and tie to body with co Vo
by lksw
wire ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Rear brakes; Assembly cted agen
Prote AG.
overview - rear brakes .

. Volkswage AG n AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
db ara
ise nte
Note tho
r eo
s au ra
c
s
Do not suspend brake caliper by brake hose - risk of damage.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Remove bolt for brake disc and remove brake disc.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Pull wheel bearing unit from wheel bearing housing.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
• Avoid soiling and damage to seal when placing on a sur‐
rrectness of i
face/storing.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
• Wheel bearing -1- must always face upwards.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
• Always set wheel bearing unit on hub -2- when placing on a
do
r
rp
c
surface.
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

• When picking wheel bearing up, never grasp inner side.

• Grasp only outer side of wheel bearing.
The same procedure applies to the wheel bearing without hub.
Installing
ing:
• The threaded connections of the wheel bearing housing may
only be loosened and tightened in the unladen weight position
⇒ page 11 .
Specified torques
shaft”, page 262
brakes
⇒ page 301 ?
6.5 Renewing bonded rubber bush for wheel bearing housing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
249
cop Vo
by lksw
Prote
cted 6. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm
AG.
agen

equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Press tool - 3367-
♦ Follower - 3390-
Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.


lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
1- Nut - 3346/3-
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2- Thrust disc from assembly tool - 3301-
3- Follower - 3390-
4- Sleeve from assembly tool - 3350-
5- Nut
6- Spindle - 3346/2-
– Pull out bonded rubber bush by turning nut - 3346/3- -1-. When
doing this, counterhold spindle - 3346/2- -6-.
Pulling in bonded rubber bush

Note
♦ When pulling in, make sure that the tip of the spindle - 3301/1-
does not rest against the wheel bearing housing.
♦ Do not use lubricant.
♦ Insert bearing carefully so it does not cant.
1- Nut from assembly tool - 3301-

3- Thrust piece from assembly tool - 3346- , with open side
facing towards wheel bearing housing
4- Wheel bearing housing
6- Press tool - 3367/2-
7- Spindle - 3301/1-
– Pull in bonded rubber bush by turning nut - 3301- -1- just far
enough so that it is positioned right in front of wheel bearing
housing. When doing this, counterhold spindle - 3301/1- -7-.
– Remove tools, and fit them again as shown in illustration.

1- Nut from assembly tool - 3301-
3- Thrust piece from assembly tool - 3346- , with open side
facing towards wheel bearing
olks
wage housing es n
o V t gu
by ara
4- Wheel bearing
ris housing
ed nte
tho eo
5- Press tool
ss
au- 3367/2- ra
c
ce
e
6- Press tool - 3301/2-

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
7- Spindle - 3301/1-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Pull in bonded rubber bush to stop by turning nut - 3301- -1-.

wit
When doing this, counterhold spindle - 3301/1- -7-.

, is n
h re
hole
Installing
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
the following:
rrectness of i

l purpos
Specified torques
nform
ercia

m
at
om
spring”, page 220

ion
c
in t
or
♦ ⇒ “3.1.1 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar, multi-link suspen‐

his
te

a
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
• The threaded connections to the lower transverse link may yri
gh by
ht
op Vo
by c lksw
⇒ page 11 .
cted agen
Prote AG.

olksw
AG. V agen AG
agen does
lksw not
6.6 Removing and installing trailing arm with
o
yV gu
db ara
ise nte
mounting bracket
r
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
cladding .
– Detach line -1- from trailing arm -2-. To do this push out inner
pin of retainer -arrows-.


WARNING
platform.

upwards slightly.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
– Detach wire -2- from mounting bracket -1-. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
– Remove trailing arm with mounting bracket.

, is n
h re
hole
Installing
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
ing:
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Tighten bolts -arrows- onto old impression marks or previously

nform
applied marks.
mercia
– Secure line -2- on mounting bracket -1-.

at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
d by Arteon 2018gu ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
ara
ise nte
thor Running e o gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under track rod, and press du
an
itte
upwards slightly.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
om
n in
wheel bearing housing move to the necessary position -arrows-.
or c
thi
te
– Installing spring ⇒ page 220 .
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install retainers -arrows- on trailing arm -2- for line -1-. To do

this push in inner pin of rivets.
– If present, install underbody cladding on mounting bracket of
cladding .
Specified torques
After installation, wheel alignment must be checked on wheel
alignment unit ⇒ page 301 .
6.7 Repairing trailing arm


equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ Tube for wheel bearing - 3345-

nf

ercia
orm
m

atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a
♦ Thrust piece - T10496-

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
– Remove trailing arm with mounting bracket ⇒ page 253 .

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Clamp trailing arm -1- in vice using protective jaw covers. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
– Undo bolt -2- and remove mounting bracket -3- from trailing copy Vo
by lksw
arm. cted agen
Prote AG.


– Fit tools as shown in illustration.
2- Tube -3346/1- from assembly tool - 3346- (the deep recess
must face the bonded rubber bush)
3- Trailing arm

– Mark position of bonded rubber bush on trailing arm using a
set square.
– Position outer edge of set square on upper radius of hole -1-
and on lower radius of hole -2-. olks
wage es n
o V t gu
by ara
– Make a mark above and below the trailing armrisbush
ed respec‐ nte
tively -arrows-. utho eo
ra
a c
ss
a - 90°
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Position bonded rubber bush on trailing arm so that marked line
h re
-arrows- lies between the ribs -1-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
Take great care to ensure that the installation position of the bon‐
ded rubber bush is correct relative to the bush in the trailing arm. rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.

2- Press tool - T10496-
4- Trailing arm
– Pressing in bonded rubber bush.
Determining position of mounting bracket in relation to trailing arm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Clamp trailing arm -2- in vice using protective jaw covers.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Position mounting bracket -1- on trailing arm -2-.
wit
, is n
– Screw in bolt -3-.
h re
hole
spec
– Set dimension -a- to 37 mm and tighten bolt -3-.
es, in part or in w
– Install trailing arm with mounting bracket ⇒ page 253 . t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

7 Drive shaft
⇒ “7.1 Assembly overview - drive shaft”, page 259
shaft”, page 262
⇒ “7.3 Removing and installing drive shaft”, page 263
⇒ “7.4 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft”, page 269
⇒ “7.5 Checking outer constant velocity joint”, page 274
⇒ “7.6 Checking inner constant velocity joint”, page 276
7.1 Assembly overview - drive shaft

VL90”, page 259 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
⇒ “7.1.2 Assembly overview - drive shaft, constant velocity bjoint
yV
o gu
ara
VL100i”, page 261 rised
nte
ho eo
ut ra
ss a c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
plete unit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
tic hammer
❑ Distribute grease evenly
rrectne
in joint
ss o
2 - Bolt
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
❑ Before securing, clean
om
the threads in the CV
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
va
❑ 200 Nm +180°
i
o
pr
⇒ page 262 cum

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
3 - Drive shaft
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
gh ht
yri by
parts catalogue
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4 - Clip
5 - Boot
chafing
❑ Material: Hytrel (poly‐
ester elastomer)
6 - Clip
7 - Dished spring
❑ With inner splines
7. Drive shaft 259

❑ Fitting position ⇒ page 272
8 - Retaining ring
9 - Boot for constant velocity joint
❑ Material: Hytrel (polyester elastomer)
❑ Without breather hole
❑ Drive off constant velocity joint with a drift
10 - Clip
11 - Locking plate
❑ 40 Nm
13 - Cover
❑ Always renew
14 - Retaining ring
❑ Renew after removal wage
es n
lks
❑ Remove and install dwith
by snap ring pliers - VW 161 A- . gua
Vo ot
e ran
ris t
15 - Seal ut
ho
ee
or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
❑ Distribute grease evenly in joint

h re
ole,

spec

t to the co

17 - Dished spring
rrectne

s

s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

7.1.2 Assembly overview - drive shaft, constant velocity joint VL100i

plete unit
tic hammer
❑ Distribute grease evenly
in joint
2 - Bolt olkswage es n
ot g
yV
❑ Renew after removal d b ua
ran
ir se tee
❑ Before securing, clean autho
or
ac
the threads in the CV ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
❑ 200 Nm +180°
itte
y li
⇒ page 262
rm
ab
pe
ility
3 - Drive shaft
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
parts catalogue
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4 - Clip
rrectness of i
5 - Boot
l purpos

chafing
nform
ercia
❑ Material: Hytrel (poly‐

m
ester elastomer)
a
com
tion in
6 - Clip
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
7 - Dished spring
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
8 - Retaining ring
9 - Boot for constant velocity joint
❑ Material: Hytrel (polyester elastomer)
❑ Without breather hole
❑ Drive off constant velocity joint with a drift
10 - Clip
7. Drive shaft 261

11 - Locking plate
❑ 40 Nm
13 - Retaining ring
❑ Remove and install with snap ring pliers - VW 161 A- .
14 - Seal
15 - Inner constant velocity joint agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Renew only asdcomplete by
Vo
unit gu
ara
e nte
❑ Distribute grease
horis
evenly in joint eo
ut ra
❑ Pressing ss a
off ⇒ page 273 c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
16 - Dished spring
ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
❑ Fitting position ⇒ page 273 spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
7.2 Loosening and tightening threaded con‐

rrectness of i
nections of drive shaft

l purpos

♦ Socket, 24 mm - T10361A-
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Torque angle wrench - V.A.G 1756 A-

Caution

Loosening twelve-point head bolt

– To avoid damage to wheel bearing, do not loosen twelve-point
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
bolt using 24 mm socket - T10361A- olks further
wa than 90° withdove‐
es n
ot g
hicle still standing on its wheels.
ed
by V ua
ra
is nte
or
– Raise vehicle so that wheels
au
th are off the ground. eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Remove twelve-point head bolt -arrow-.
itte
y li
erm
ab
Fitting twelve-point head bolt
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Renew twelve-point bolt.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
It must be ensured that the wheels do not yet touch the floor when
the drive shaft is being tightened. Otherwise the wheel bearing
rrectness of i
may be damaged.
l purpos

nf
ercia
– Tighten twelve-point bolt to 200 Nm.

rm
m
atio
m
– Lower vehicle onto its wheels.

o
n in
or c
– Turn twelve-point head bolt 180° further.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
7.3 Removing and installing drive shaft

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 263

Caution

G. Volkswagen AG d
to hang free and stop against joints
lksw
adue
gen Ato over bending.oes n
o ot g
yV ua
db ran
ir se tee
ho
Removing aut or
ac
ss
– Loosen bolt securing drive shaft at wheel hub
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li

rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
Caution
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w

t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Raise vehicle.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
– Remove wheel.
agen
Prote AG.


Vehicles with adaptive chassis control DCC

– Pull line -3- off shock absorber -2- -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Note byV
ol not
gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
If there is moisture in the areaaut of the connector, blow compressed
h
ra
air on the contacts on the sshock absorber and the connector.
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 265

– Insert spring compressor -3-.

2- Adapter - V.A.G 1752/9-
4- Spring
WARNING
Ensure that coil spring is correctly seated in spring retainer -

V.A.G 1752/3A- -arrow- (risk of accident).
Note
Use a spanner or a reversible ratchet handle to compress spring

compressor.
– Compress coil spring.
Note
The spring compressor remains in the vehicle together with the

spring.
– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Pull anti-roll bar -1- off subframe -2- and swing it downwards.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Note
Only right drive shaft

– Unbolt rear silencer on rear right.
– Unbolt drive shaft at gearbox flange. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Disconnect electrical connector from ABS speed sensorbyand Vol not
gu
ara
electromechanical parking brake motor. rised
nte
ho eo
ut
– If fitted, detach line from retainer on transversesslink.
a ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Swing wheel bearing housing outwards and pull drive shaft out
spec
of gearbox flange.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Swing drive shaft downwards and remove from wheel bearing.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
inserted.
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 267



Note
– Remove drive shaft.

Installing
G. Volkswagen
Carry out installation in the wage
n A sequence,Anoting
ksreverse
G do
es nthe follow‐
ing: y Vol ot g
ua
db e ran
ris tee
tho or
– Insert bolt -4-
au with washer -3-. ac
ss
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Release tension on spring -4- while making sure that upper

spring seat is located on lug on body.
– Remove spring compressor -3-. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
1- Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/3A- byV
o gu
ara
ed
is nte
2- Adapter - V.A.G 1752/9- ut
hor eo
a ra
s c
3- Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1- s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
4- Spring
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
• The threaded connections of the wheel bearing housing may
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ page 11 .
h re
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Specified torques
rrectness of i
♦ ⇒ “4.1.2 Assembly overview - transverse link, multi-link sus‐
l purpos
pension, four-wheel drive”, page 212

♦ ⇒ “2.2 Assembly overview - rear vehicle level senders”,
nform
ercia
page 289
m
at
om
ion
c
shaft”, page 262
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
c
um
for
en
ng
t.
♦ Rear silencer to body ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust pipes/silencers;
yi Co
op
Assembly overview - silencer
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
7.4 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 269


equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Tube - VW 416 B-

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
ti
♦ Snap ring pliers - VW 161 A-

on in
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Assembly tool - T10065- gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 271

Dismantling
Driving off outer constant velocity joint
– Remove clips.
– Fold back boot.
– Drive constant velocity joint off drive shaft using drift -A-.
Drift must be positioned exactly on ball hub of constant velocity
joint.
Driving joint on
Installation position of dished spring at outer joint

1- Dished spring . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
– Fit new retaining ring. y V olk not
gu
d b ara
e
– Use plastic-headed horishammer to drive joint onto shaft until re‐ nte
eo
aut
taining ring engages. ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Driving off cover for inner joint

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Pressing off inner constant velocity joint

– Press off protective boot off joint using a drift.
– Remove both clips and slide boot towards outer joint.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Installation position of dishedorspring
ise at inner joint nte
eo
th
u ra
1- Dished spring ss a c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
l purpos
Note
nform
mercia
Chamfer on internal circumference of ball hub (splines) must face

a
com
tio
contact shoulder on drive shaft.

n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
– Press joint on to stop.

do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Install retaining ring.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 273

– Using bolts -arrows-, align new cover in relation to bolt holes.

The alignment must be very accurate, because no further align‐
ment is possible once the part has been hammered on.
– Drive on cover with a plastic hammer.

n AG. Volkswagen AG
– Position clamp tensioner olks
-wV.A.G
age 1682- as shown
doesin diagram.
not
Ensure jaws of tensioner
d by V lie in corners -arrows B- of eargu on O-
ara
type clip. or
ise nte
e th o
au ra
– Tighten clamp
ss by turning spindle with a torque wrench (do not c
cant pliers).
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
only possible to tension the clip with clamp tensioner - V.A.G t to the co
1682- .
rrectne

ss

o
cial p

inform
mer
atio
m
o
n
c

i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
7.5 Checking outer constant velocity joint

soiled, or to check the running surfaces of the balls for wear and
damage.

Removing
– Before dismantling, mark position of ball hub in relation to ball
cage and joint body with an electric scriber or oil stone
-arrow-.
– Swivel ball hub and ball cage and take out balls one after the
other.
– Turn cage until the two rectangular

agen
AG. Volkswagwindows
en AG
does -arrow- lie on joint
body. V olksw not
g
y ua
db ran
– Take outoricage
se with hub. tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 275

– Swivel one segment of the hub into one of the cage openings.
– Tip hub out of cage.
Note
♦ The 6 balls for each joint belong to a tolerance group. Check

stub axle, hub, cage and balls for small indentations (pitting)
and traces of seizing.
♦ Excessive backlash in the joint will be noticed as load change
jolts. In such cases the joint must be renewed.
♦ Smoothing and traces of wear of the balls are no reason to
change the joint.
Installing
Carry out installation in the reverseagesequence,
n AG. Volkswanoting
gen AG the follow‐
does
ing: yV
olksw not
g b ua
ed ra
– Press half of the total
ris amount of grease from repair kit into thentee
tho
joint body. au
or
ac
ss
– Fit cage with hub into joint body.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Make sure cage is inserted in correct position (i.e. sides facing in h re

hole
same direction as original position). spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Press in opposing balls one after the other; the original position
of the hub relative to the cage and joint body must be restored.
rrectness of i
– Fit new retaining ring on shaft.

l purpos
– Distribute remaining grease in boot.

nform
ercia
7.6 Checking inner constant velocity joint

m
at

om
ion
soiled, or to check the running surfaces of the balls for wear and
c
in t
or
damage.
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
g
Note
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
The ball hub and joint body are paired. Mark position in relation rig ht
py by
to each other with a waterproof felt-tip pen prior to removal.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Press out joint body in direction of arrow.
– Press balls out of cage.

– Tip ball hub out of ball cage via ball track -arrows-.
– Check joint body, ball hub, ball cage and balls for pitting and
traces of seizing.
Note
Excessive circumferential backlash in the joint is noticeable dur‐

ing load change jolt. In this case the joint must be replaced.
Smoothing and traces of wear of the balls are no reason to renew
the joint.
Installing
ing:
– Insert hub into cage via the two chamfers. The hub can be
installed in any position. Press balls into cage.
– Insert hub with cage and balls at a right angle to joint body.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
When inserting, ensure that the wide spacing -a- on the joint body
itte
y li
is aligned with the narrow spacing -b- on the hub after it is swung
erm
ab
in.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Chamfer on internal diameter of ball hub (splines) must face large
h re
diameter of joint body.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Also take note of chamfer on interior diameter of ball hub. It
t to the co
must be visible after swivelling in.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Swivel in ball hub, at the same time the hub must be swivelled
m
out of the cage -arrows- far enough to allow the balls to fit into
at
om
io
the ball tracks.

n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Drive shaft 277

– Swivel in hub with balls by applying firm pressure to cage

-arrow-.
Checking function of constant velocity joint:
The constant velocity joint is correctly assembled if the ball hub
can be moved by hand backwards and forwards over its entire
range of axial movement.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

43 – Self-levelling suspension
1 Electronically controlled damping
system n AG. Volkswagen AG
ge does
swa
⇒ “1.1 Overview bofy Vfitting locations - electronically t controlled
olk no
gu
ara
damping system”,
ris
ed page 279 nte
tho eo
⇒ “1.2 Removing
ss
au and installing electronically controlled damping
ra
c
control unit J250 ”, page 280
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing front body acceleration senders
itte
y li
G341 / G342 ”, page 283
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing rear left body acceleration sender
wit
, is n
G699 ”, page 284
h re
hole
spec
1.1 Overview of fitting locations - electronically controlled damping system
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1 - Shock absorber with front
right shock absorber damper
rrectness of i
adjustment valve - N337-
l purpos

suspension strut
⇒ page 60 .
nf
ercia
❑ Repairing suspension orm

m
atio
strut ⇒ page 67 .
om
n in
or c
2 - Front right body accelera‐

thi
te
sd
tion sender - G342-

iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
⇒ page 283
t.
yi Co
op
❑ Bolt: 8 Nm
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
3 - Shock absorber with rear cop Vo
by lksw
cted
right shock absorber damper
agen
Prote AG.
adjustment valve - N339- .
shock absorber
⇒ page 221 .
❑ Repairing shock ab‐
sorber ⇒ page 223 .
4 - Electronically controlled
damping control unit - J250-
⇒ page 280
❑ Fitting location: elec‐
tronically controlled
damping control unit -
J250- is installed behind
right luggage compart‐
ment side trim.
❑ Function Replace con-
trol unit must be per‐
formed with ⇒ Vehicle
diagnostic tester if elec‐
tronically controlled damping control unit - J250- is renewed.
❑ If the reference position has been re-adapted, the front camera for driver assist systems must be reca‐
librated on vehicles with lane departure warning function
⇒ “3.1 Calibrating front camera for driver assist systems”, page 319 .
1. Electronically controlled damping system 279

5 - Rear left body acceleration sender - G699-

❑ Location, Passat: on left suspension strut dome behind left luggage compartment side trim.
❑ Location, Arteon: in luggage compartment on side wall behind left side trim
❑ Bolt: 8 Nm
6 - Shock absorber with rear left shock absorber damper adjustment valve - N338- .
❑ Removing and installing shock absorber ⇒ page 221 .
❑ Repairing shock absorber ⇒ page 223 .
7 - Rear left vehicle level sender - G76-
❑ Removing and installing, front-wheel drive ⇒ page 292
❑ Removing and installing, four-wheel drive ⇒ page 293
8 - Front left body acceleration sender - G341-
❑ Bolt: 8 Nm
9 - Shock absorber with front left shock absorber damper adjustment valve - N336-
❑ Removing and installing suspension strut ⇒ page 60 .
❑ Repairing suspension strut ⇒ page 67 .
10 - Front left vehicle level sender - G78-
11 - Front right vehicle level sender - G289-
1.2 Removing and installingswelectronically

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
controlled damping bcontrol unit - J250-
olk not
yV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
⇒ “1.2.1 Removing and installing au
thelectronically
o
controlled damp‐ eo
ra
ing control unit J250 , Passat sSaloon”, page 280
s c
ce
e
nl
⇒ “1.2.2 Removing and installing electronically controlled damp‐

pt
du
an
itte
ing control unit J250 , Passat Estate, Arteon”, page 281

y li
erm
ab
ility
1.2.1 Removing and installing electronically

ot p
wit
, is n
controlled damping control unit - J250- ,

h re
hole
Passat Saloon
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

♦ Vehicle diagnostic tester
rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos
Fitting location: electronically controlled damping control unit -

J250- is installed behind right luggage compartment side trim.
nform
ercia

m
Disconnecting and reconnecting battery.

at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
lock engages.
at
do
priv
– Open service flap of right luggage compartment side trim.

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
– If fitted, disconnect connectors of digital TV tuner - R171- .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
280 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


– Pull bracket -1- together with electronically controlled damping
control unit - J250- off studs, and place it in interior.
– Release release lever -1- ainge-direction

n AG. Volkswof
agarrow-.
en AG
d w oes
olks no
– Pull connector -2-doff by electronically controlled damping
V t gucontrol
ara
unit - J250- -3-.orise nte
e th or
s au ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Push tab -1- in -direction of arrow-.

– Pull electronically controlled damping control unit - J250- -2-
rrectne
out of bracket -3-.

s
Installing
s o
cial p
f i

nform
ing:
mer
atio
m
– Function Replace control unit must be performed with

o
n
c
i
or
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester if electronically controlled damping

thi
e
control unit - J250- has been renewed.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
– If the reference position has been re-adapted, the front camera

r
fo
en
ng
for driver assist systems must be recalibrated on vehicles with

t.
yi Co
op
lane departure warning function C py
t. rig
⇒ “3.1 Calibrating front camera for driver assist systems”, page gh ht
yri by
319 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Specified torques
♦ Bracket to body ⇒ Communication; Rep. gr. 91 ; TV system;
Overview of fitting locations - TV system
1.2.2 Removing and installing electronically

controlled damping control unit - J250- ,
Passat Estate, Arteon
♦ Vehicle diagnostic tester

Removing
AG. Volkswagen
Fitting location: electronically controlled
lksw
agendamping control unit
AG do
es n-
J250- is installed behind rightdb
luggage
yV
o
compartment side trim.ot gua
e ran
ris tee
– Disconnect battery ⇒ ut Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery;
ho or
Disconnecting andss areconnecting battery. ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
lock engages.
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove right luggage compartment side trim ⇒ General body
ility
ot p
repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment trims;
wit
is n
Removing and installing luggage compartment side trim .
h re
ole,
spec
– If fitted, disconnect connectors of digital TV tuner - R171- .
t to the co
– Pull bracket -1- together with electronically controlled damping
rrectne
control unit - J250- off studs, and place it in interior.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release release lever -1- in -direction of arrow-.

– Pull connector -2- off electronically controlled damping control
unit - J250- -3-.

Arteon 2018. V➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
AG olkswagen AG d
agen Running gear, axles,
no steering - Edition 02.2019
sw oes
olk t gu
yV
db ara
– direction of arrow ise nte
Push tab -1- in . thor eo
au ra
– Pull electronically controlled damping
ss control unit - J250- -2- c
ce
le
out of bracket -3-.
un
pt
an
d
itte
Installing
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
ing:
, is n
h re
hole
– Function Replace control unit must be performed with
spec
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester if electronically controlled damping
es, in part or in w
t to the co
control unit - J250- has been renewed.
– If the reference position has been re-adapted, the front camera
rrectness of i
lane departure warning function
l purpos
⇒ “3.1 Calibrating front camera for driver assist systems”, page

319 .
nform
ercia
Specified torques
m
a
♦ Bracket to body ⇒ Communication; Rep. gr. 91 ; TV system;
com
tio
Overview of fitting locations - TV system
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
1.3 Removing and installing front body ac‐
r
rp
cum
fo
celeration senders -G341- / -G342-
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Pull seal off entire length of plenum chamber cover.
– Detach clips.
– Lift plenum chamber cover -1- not more than 60 mm.
a - 60 mm

– Release connectors -1- and pull off.

– Remove front body acceleration sender .
Installing
lowing:
– Insert front body acceleration sender -1- so that connector

-arrow- points to rear (opposite to normal direction of travel).
– Tighten bolt -2- for front body acceleration sender -1-.
Installation position: angle tolerance -a- is ±10°. Installation po‐
sition of front body acceleration sender may deviate by this angle
along the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
– Perform basic setting of wheel damper electronics ⇒ Vehicle
diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Overview of fitting locations - electronically controlled
damping system”, page 279
1.4 Removing and installing rear left body

acceleration sender - G699-
⇒ “1.4.1 Removing and installing rear left body acceleration send‐
er G699 , Passat Saloon”, page 284
⇒ “1.4.2 Removing and installing rear left body acceleration send‐
er G699 , Passat Estate”, page 285
AG. Volkswagen A
⇒ “1.4.3 Removing and installing
olks
rear
wage left body acceleration
n G do
es nsend‐
ot g
er G699 , Arteon”, page 286
d by V ua
r e an
ris tee
1.4.1 Removing and installing rear left body
au
tho or
ac
ss
acceleration sender - G699- , Passat
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Saloon
an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
e
Removing
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Remove left luggage compartment side trim ⇒ General body

o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Removing and installing luggage compartment side trim . Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
284
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension
agen
Prote AG.

– Unscrew bolt -3- and remove rear body acceleration sender -
G343- -1-.
Installing
lowing:
– Insert rear body acceleration sender - G343- -1- so that lug

-arrow A- engages into hole -arrow B-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
s c
– Bolt on rear body acceleration sender - G343- -1- using bolt s
ce
e
-3-.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Connect connector -2- to rear body acceleration sender -
erm
ab
G343- -1-.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
diagnostic tester.
hole
spec
Specified torques
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
1.4.2 Removing and installing rear left body nform

ercia
acceleration sender - G699- , Passat

m
Estate
at
om
ion
c
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
– Remove left luggage compartment
y V olk side trim ⇒ General not body
gu
repairs, interior; Rep.risedgr.
b
70 ; Luggage compartment trims;ara
nte
Removing and installing
ut
ho luggage compartment side trim . eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
G343- -1-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Installing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
lowing:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

-arrow A- engages into hole -arrow B-.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Bolt on rear body acceleration sender - G343- -1- using bolt

-3-.
– Connect connector -2- to rear body acceleration sender -
G343- -1-.
diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
1.4.3 Removing and installing rear left body

acceleration sender - G699- , Arteon

Removing
– Remove left luggage compartment side trim ⇒ General body
Removing and installing luggage compartment side trim .
G343- -3-.
Installing . Volkswagen AG
gen AG doe
swa
Install in reversey order.
Volk During this procedure,s nobserve
ot g
ua
the fol‐
lowing: rised b ran
tee
tho or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit

, is n
h re
-arrow B- engages in hole -arrow A-.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
– Bolt on rear body acceleration sender - G343- -3- using bolt

his
te
-2-.
a
do
priv
cum
or
– Push on connector -1- until it engages audibly.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Perform basic setting of wheel damper electronics ⇒ Vehicle Cop py
ht. rig
diagnostic tester. opy
rig by
Vo
ht
c lksw
Specified torques
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


2 Vehicle level sender

⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - front vehicle level senders”,
page 288
⇒ “2.2 Assembly overview - rear vehicle level senders”,
. Volkswagen AG
page 289 swa
gen AG does
k not
y Vol gu
⇒ “2.3 Removing and installing d bfront vehicle level senders G78 / ara
ise nte
G289 ”, page 290 tho
r eo
au ra
c
⇒ “2.4 Removing and installing
ss rear vehicle level senders G76 /
ce
le
G77 ”, page 292

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
2.1 Assembly overview - front vehicle level senders
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
The front left/right vehicle level sender - G78/G289- is only available as a replacement part complete with
t to the co
coupling rod and upper and lower retaining plates.
rrectness of i
1 - Suspension link
l purpos
2 - Subframe
nform
ercia
3 - Electrical connector
m
a
4 - Front left vehicle level send‐
com
tio
er - G78- and front right vehicle
n in
r
te o
level sender - G289- thi

s
iva
do
❑ Complete with attach‐

r
rp
cum
ments
fo
en
ng
t.
❑ Lever must face out‐
yi Co
op
wards
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
⇒ page 290 Prote
cted AG.
agen
❑ Perform basic setting

tester
5 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
6 - Nut
❑ 8 Nm

2.2 Assembly overview - rear vehicle level

senders
⇒ “2.2.1 Assembly overview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
⇒ “2.2.2 Assembly overview - rear vehicle level senders,olkmulti-
swa
g does
not
link suspension, four-wheel drive”, page 290 ed
by V gu
ara
is nte
or
2.2.1 Assembly overview - rears avehicle level senders, multi-link suspension, front-
h eo
ut ra
c
wheel drive
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
is n
The vehicle level sender is available as a replacement part only complete with coupling rod and upper and
h re
ole,
lower retaining plates.
spec
t to the co
1 - Bolt
rrectne
❑ 5 Nm
2 - Vehicle level sender at rear
ss
o
cial p
f i
ments
nform
mer
atio
m
wards
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
⇒ page 292
t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
❑ Perform basic setting
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
tester.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
3 - Pop rivet nut
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
5 - Pop rivet nut

6 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
2. Vehicle level sender 289

2.2.2 Assembly overview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link suspension, four-
wheel drive
Note
The vehicle level sender is available as a replacement part only complete with coupling rod and upper and
lower retaining plates.
1 - Pop rivet nut

3 - Pop rivet nut
4 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
5 - Vehicle level sender at rear
ments
wards gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
swa
❑ Removing and installing by Volk not
gu
⇒ page 292 rise
d ara
nte
o eo
❑ Perform basic setting auth
ra
⇒ Vehicle diagnosticss c ce
e
tester.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
6 - Bolt
y li
erm
ab
❑ 5 Nm
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
2.3 Removing and installing front vehicle
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
level senders -G78- / -G289-
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
Removing s au ra
c
s
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
applicable.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
or
m
m
right vehicle level sender - G289- out of suspension link -3-. atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Remove front left vehicle level sender - G78- and/or front right
vehicle level sender - G289- , as applicable.
Installing
lowing:
Note
position.

• If the reference position has been re-adapted, the front camera
lane departure warning function
319 .
Specified torques
AG. Volkswagen AG d
288 lkswagen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
2.4 Removing and installing rear vehicle tho
ris tee
or
au
level sendersss-G76- / -G77-
ac
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “2.4.1 Removing and installing rear left vehicle level sender

an
d
itte
y li
G76 , multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive”, page 292

erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “2.4.2 Removing and installing rear left vehicle level sender

wit
is n
G76 , multi-link suspension, four-wheel drive”, page 293

h re
ole,
spec
2.4.1 Removing and installing rear left vehicle

level sender - G76- , multi-link suspen‐

t to the co
sion, front-wheel drive

rrectne

ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Unscrew bolts -2- and -3-.
– Take out rear left vehicle level sender - G76- -4-.
Installing
lowing:
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards
ksw
ag the out‐ does
not
Vol
side of the vehicle. ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
– Perform basic setting ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
au
tho tester. eo
ra
ss c
Specified torques
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
2.4.2 Removing and installing rear left vehicle
h re
ole,
level sender - G76- , multi-link suspen‐
spec
sion, four-wheel drive
t to the co
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
Removing
agen
Prote AG.

– Unscrew bolts -2- and -3-.
– Take out rear left vehicle level sender - G76- -4-.
Installing
lowing:
The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the out‐
side of the vehicle.
– Perform basic setting ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques

44 – Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry

1 Wheel alignment
⇒ “1.1 Notes for wheel alignment”, page 294
⇒ “1.2 Conditions for testing”, page 295
⇒ “1.3 Test preparations”, page 295
⇒ “1.4 Specifications for wheel alignment”, page 297
⇒ “1.5 Wheel alignment procedure”, page 300
⇒ “1.6 Necessity of wheel alignment”, page 301
⇒ “1.7 Vehicle data sticker”, page 302
n AG. Volkswagen A
⇒ “1.8 Adjusting camber at front
olks
wagewheels”, page 303
G do
es n
o V t gu
by ara
⇒ “1.9 Adjusting camber
ris
ed on rear axle”, page 304 nte
tho eo
⇒ “1.10 Adjusting
ss
au toe at rear axle”, page 305 ra
c
ce
e
⇒ “1.11 Adjusting front axle toe”, page 306

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “1.12 Wheel runout compensation”, page 307
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “1.13 Checking maximum wheel lock”, page 307

wit
, is n
h re
1.1 Notes for wheel alignment
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Wheel alignment must be performed only using a VW/AUDI-ap‐

t to the co
proved wheel alignment unit!

Whenever wheels are aligned, both the front and rear axles must
rrectness of i
be measured.
l purpos
– Carry alignment out with the wheel alignment computer.

All the information on wheel alignment can be found in the wheel
nform
ercia
alignment computer.
m
Current data »updates« are located in VW ServiceNet.

at
om
ion
c
⇒ VW ServiceNet; Systems; Wheel alignment computer soft‐

in t
or
his
e
ware; Wheel alignment; Beissbarth

at
do
priv

um
for
ware; Wheel alignment; Hunter

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
⇒ VW ServiceNet; Systems; Wheel alignment computer soft‐ t. C rig
gh ht
ware; Wheel alignment; Corghi yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
ware; Wheel alignment; John Bean
Note
♦ Wheel alignment should not be checked before the vehicle has

completed 2,000 km after the coil springs have settled.
♦ When making adjustments, adhere to the relevant specifica‐
tions as closely as possible.
♦ Whenever adjustments are made to the running gear, always
check whether any driver assist systems must be recalibrated
following the adjustments.
294 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry

Crabbing and accident damaged vehicles

This may be due to the rack in the steering rack not being exactly
centred when vehicle is driven in a straight line.
Power steering assistance is thereby slightly one sided, rather
than central. The vehicle will pull to one side as a consequence.
When checking the alignment of a “vehicle which pulls to one
side”, always ensure that the steering rack is centred.
Observe
⇒ “1.4 Safety precautions when working on subframe”, page 2 .
1.2 Conditions for testing

• Check wheel suspension, wheel bearing assembly and steer‐
ing for excessive play and damage.
• Tread depth difference of no more than 2 mm on one axle.
• Tyres inflated to correct pressures.
• Vehicle unladen.
• Fuel tank must be full.
• Spare wheel and vehicle tools are stowed in correct locations.
• Windscreen washer fluid reservoir must be full. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
• When checking wheel alignment, ensure that slidingbyplatesVo gu
ara
and turn tables are not touching end stop. rised
nte
ho eo
ut
Please note the following: ss a ra
c
ce
le
• The test equipment must be properly adjusted and attached

un
pt
an
d
to the vehicle; observe device manufacturer's operating in‐

itte
y li
structions.
rm
ab
pe
ility
If necessary, ask the manufacturer to show you how to use the
ot
wit
, is n
wheel alignment machine.
h re
hole
spec
Wheel alignment platforms and wheel alignment computers can
es, in part or in w
lose their original calibration over a period of time.
t to the co
Wheel alignment platforms and computers should be checked
and adjusted as necessary during inspection and maintenance at
rrectness of i
least once per year!
l purpos
– Handle these highly sensitive devices carefully and conscien‐

tiously. nform
ercia
1.3 Test preparations

m
a
com
⇒ “1.3.1 Test preparations, wheel alignment with no driver assist

ion in
systems”, page 295

r
te o
thi
s
iva
⇒ “1.3.2 Test preparations, wheel alignment with driver assist

do
r
rp
systems”, page 297

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
1.3.1 Test preparations, wheel alignment with no driver assist systems
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Wheel alignment 295


equipment required n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Wheel alignment computer - V.A.G 1813F- or VW/Audi-ap‐

proved wheel alignment units
♦ Brake pedal depressor - V.A.G 1869/2-
♦ Insert tool, 18 mm - T10179-
♦ Shock absorber tool set - T10001-
The existing lateral runout of the wheel must be compensated for.
Otherwise, the result of the measurement will be incorrect.
If runout compensation is not performed, it is not possible to adjust
toe-in correctly!
Please follow the instructions of the manufacturer of the wheel
alignment equipment.
– Carry out wheel runout compensation.
– Apply brake pedal depressor - V.A.G 1869/2- .
– Use brake pedal depressor to depress brake pedal.

Preparations required before calibration of driver assist systems
1.3.2 Test preparations, wheel alignment with

driver assist systems
The following steps are required if one or more driver assist sys‐
tems on the vehicle are to be calibrated via the “Quick-start”
procedure (i.e. without first checking and adjusting the wheel
alignment):
• Before driving the vehicle onto the genalignment platform,
AG. Volkswagen AG
d s
make
sure there is sufficient space ol swa
kbetween the vehicle andoethe
notcal‐
V gu
ibration unit. The distance
ed b between the calibrating device and
y ara
nte
the vehicle must betho120 cm ± 2.5 cm.
ris
eo
au ra
• If the available space
ss is not adequate, move the vehicle back‐ c
ce
le
wards on the alignment platform as required. This allows the

un
pt
use of the respective floor area.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
• Before starting calibration, read out event memory and rectify
ility
ot p
any faults.
wit
is n
h re
• Vehicle accurately aligned, suspension bounced and rocked
ole,
spec
several times.
t to the co
• When checking wheel alignment, ensure that sliding plates
and turn tables are not touching end stop.
• Connect battery charger ⇒ Electrical system; General infor‐
rrectne
mation; Rep. gr. 27 ; Charging battery .
s
• Move front wheels to straight-ahead position.
s o
cial p
f
• Connect ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester to vehicle, route diagnos‐
inform
tic cable through open door window.
mer
atio
m
• Vehicle exterior lighting switched off.

o
n
c
i
or
• All doors of vehicle are closed.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
• Press button to select required calibration on wheel alignment

p
cum
r
fo
computer.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
1.4 Specifications for wheel alignment
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
⇒ “1.4.1 Specifications for wheel alignment, Passat Estate”, page by c lksw
cted agen
297 Prote AG.
⇒ “1.4.2 Specified values for wheel alignment, Arteon”,

page 299
1.4.1 Specifications for wheel alignment, Passat Estate

These specifications apply to all engines.
Explanations regarding PR numbers
⇒ “1.7 Vehicle data sticker”, page 302 .
Front axle Standard running Sports running Raised running DCC running
gear gear gear gear
PR numbers G01/G10 G02/G08 G03/G05/G06/ G04/G11
G09
Total toe (without load) 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′
Camber (in straight-ahead po‐ -32′ ± 30′ -41′ ± 30′ -20′ ± 30′ -39′ ± 30′
sition) 1)
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Toe-out on turns with 20° 1° 18′ ± 20′ 1° 30′ ± 20′ 1° 08′ ± 20′ 1° 26′ ± 20′
steering angle 2)
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 45′ ± 30′ 7° 04′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′

Front axle Standard running Sports running Raised running DCC running
gear gear gear gear
G09
ence between sides
Ride height 3) 394 ± 10 mm 379 ± 10 mm 409 ± 10 mm 384 ± 10 mm
1) Camber cannot be adjusted. Corrections are possible by moving the subframe slightly.
2) The toe-out on turns can be displayed as a negative value on the wheel alignment computer, depending on the manufacturer.
3) Measure ride height ⇒ page 301

Front axle Special vehicles Special vehicles
AG. Volkswagen ASpecial vehicles
Standard running agen G do
olksw Raised running Fully
es nautomatic
ot gu
geared by V gear / DCC ride height setting
ara
ris nte
PR numbers u1JA
tho UC7, UC9 1JI eo
r
sa ac
Total toe (without load) s10′± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′
ce
le
un
pt
Camber (in straight-ahead po‐ -32′ ± 30′ -20′ ± 30′ -32′ ± 30′
an
d
itte
sition) 4)
y li
erm
ab
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ility
ot p
ence between sides
wit
is n
h re
Toe-out on turns with 20° 1° 18′ ± 20′ 1° 08′ ± 20′ 1° 18′ ± 20′
ole,
spec
steering angle 5)
t to the co
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 04′ ± 30′ 7° 23′ ± 30′
ence between sides
Ride height 6) 394 ± 10 mm 409 ± 10 mm 394 ± 10 mm rrectness
o
cial p
f in
form
mer

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Rear axle Standard running yri
Sports running Raised running DCC running
p by
o Vo
gear by c
gear gear gear
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
G09
Camber -1°20′ ± 30′ -1°20′ ± 30′ -1°20′ ± 30′ -1°20′ ± 30′
ence between sides
Total toe 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′
Maximum permissible devia‐ max. 20' max. 20' max. 20' max. 20'
tion from the axle running di‐
rection
Ride height 7) 391 ± 10 mm 376 ± 10 mm 406 ± 10 mm 381 ± 10 mm

Rear axle Special vehicles Special vehicles Special vehicles

Standard running Raised running Fully automatic
gear gear / DCC ride height setting
Camber -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 35′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' AG. Volkswagen AG d max. 30'
agen max. 30' oes
ksw
ence between sides byV
ol not
gu
ara
ed
Total track (at prescribed cam‐ 10’hor±
is 10’ 10’ ± 10’ 10’ ± 10’
nte
eo
ber) s aut ra
c
s
Max. permissible deviation max. 20' max. 20' max. 20'
ce
e
nl
pt
from direction of travel
du
an
itte
y li
Ride height 8) 391 ± 10 mm 406 ± 10 mm 391 ± 10 mm
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
1.4.2 Specified values for wheel alignment, Arteon
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Front axle Standard/adap‐ Raised running DCC sport run‐
nform
ercia
tive chassis gear ning gear

control DCC run‐
m
at
ning gear
om
ion
c
in t
PR numbers G02/G12 G14 G15
or
his
ate
Total toe (without load) 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′
do
priv
cum
or
Camber (in straight-ahead po‐ -41′ ± 30′ -32′ ± 30′ -29′ ± 30′
f
en
ng
t.
sition) 9)
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
ence between sides
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Toe-out on turns with 20° 1° 30′ ± 20′
Prote 1° 18′ ± 20′ AG.
1° 14′ ± 20′
steering angle 10)
Caster 7° 45′ ± 30′ 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 16′ ± 30′
ence between sides

Rear axle Standard/adap‐ Raised running DCC sport run‐
control DCC run‐
ning gear
Camber -1°20′ ± 30′ -1°20′ ± 30′ -1°20′ ± 30′
ence between sides
Total toe 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′

Rear axle Standard/adap‐ Raised running DCC sport run‐

control DCC run‐
ning gear
Maximum permissible devia‐ max. 20' max. 20' max. 20'
tion from the axle running di‐
rection
1.5 Wheel alignment procedure

Always adhere to the following procedure!
Note
The vehicle must always be in unladen condition when measuring

wheel alignment ⇒ page 6 .
– Take note of the information in the wheel alignment unit.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
Alignment procedure oris ed
nte
h eo
aut ra
ss c
Start → Carry out wheel runout com‐ → Bounce springs.
ce
le
un
pt
pensation.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
↓
ab
pe
ility
Turn steering wheel to ← Measure ride height ← Fit brake pedal depressor - V.A.G
ot
wit
, is n
straight-ahead position ⇒ page 301 1869/2-

h re
and fix in place 13).

hole
spec
↓
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Check front axle camber → Is actual value within toler‐ → no

ance?
rrectness of i
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← yes Adjusting ⇒ page 303
l purpos
↓ ↓
nform
ercia
↓ ← ← ← ← ←
↓
m
a
com
tio
Check rear axle camber → Is actual value within toler‐ → no

n in
r
te o
ance?
thi
s
iva
do
↓ ↓
r
rp
cum
fo
↓ ← ← yes Adjusting ⇒ page 304

en
ng
t.
yi Co
↓
op
↓
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
300
cted agen
Prote
Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
AG.
↓ ← ← ← ← ←
↓
Check rear axle toe → Is actual value within toler‐ → no
ance? agen AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
↓ d by Vo ↓ gua
e ran
is
↓ ← ← yes
tho
r Adjusting ⇒ pagete304 eo
au ra
↓ ss ↓ c
ce
e
↓ ← ← ← ← ←
nl
pt
du
an
itte
↓
y li
erm
ab
Check front axle caster → Is actual value within toler‐ → no
ility
ot p
ance?
wit
, is n
h re
↓ ↓
hole
spec
↓ ← ← yes Inspect axle components and
es, in part or in w
t to the co
body
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← ← ← ←
rrectness of i
↓
l purpos
Check front axle toe → Is actual value within toler‐ → no

ance?
nf
ercia
o
↓ ↓
rm
m
atio
m
End ← yes Adjusting ⇒ page 306

o
n in
or c
↑ ↓
thi
te
sd
a
↑ ← ← ← ← ←
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
13) If steering wheel is not centred, it must be straightened after wheel alignment is finished. Then carry out basic setting for steering angle
en
ng
t.
yi
sender - G85- using ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Measuring ride height
cted agen
Prote AG.
– The dimension -a- between the centre of the wheel hub and
the lower edge of the wheel housing defines the ride height.
Note
♦ If adjustments have been made to the suspension after a

wheel alignment check on vehicles with ESP or ABS, the
steering angle sender - G85- must be calibrated using the
♦ If any changes are made to the rear wheel alignment settings,
the following driver assist systems must be recalibrated:
♦ Lane departure warning (Audi lane assist)
319 ,
♦ ACC ⇒ page 309 .
1.6 Necessity of wheel alignment

Wheel alignment is necessary if:
♦ The vehicle does not handle properly.
♦ Vehicle has been involved in an accident and components
have been renewed.
♦ Axle components are removed or renewed.
♦ Tyres wear on one side.

Components have been renewed

Front axle component was Alignment necessary Rear axle component re‐ Alignment necessary
renewed. newed
AG. Volkswagen A
n G do
wage
yes no Volks
es n
ot g yes no
by ua
ed r
Lower suspension link X
oris Lower transverse
link Xantee
th or
Bonded rubber bush au X Upper transverse link X ac
ss
for suspension link
ce
le
un
pt
Wheel bearing housing X Track rod X
an
d
itte
y li
erm
Track rod/track rod ball joint X Wheel bearing housing X
ab
ility
ot p
Steering rack X Subframe X
wit
is n
h re
Subframe X Coil spring X
ole,
spec
Suspension strut X Shock absorbers X
t to the co
Anti-roll bar X 14) Anti-roll bar X
Trailing arm X
rrectne
14) Prerequisite: the position of the subframe was fixed before the subframe was removed ⇒ page 44
ss o
cial p
f in
Components removed and installed
form
mer
atio
Front axle component re‐ Alignment necessary Rear axle component re‐ Alignment necessary
om
moved and reinstalled moved and reinstalled
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
yes no yes no
t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
Lower suspension link X 15) Lower transverse link X
um
r
fo
en
ng
Wheel bearing housing X Upper transverse link X

t.
yi Co
op py
Track rod/track rod ball X Track rod X
. C rig
ht ht
rig
joint py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Steering rack X Wheel bearing housing X
agen
Prote AG.
Subframe X 15) Subframe X

Suspension strut X Coil spring X
Anti-roll bar X 15) Shock absorbers X
Anti-roll bar X
Trailing arm X
15) Prerequisite: the position of the subframe was fixed before the subframe was removed ⇒ page 44
1.7 Vehicle data sticker

Explanation regarding “PR numbers” on vehicle data sticker
Various types of running gear are installed depending on engine
and equipment level. These are identified by the PR numbers.
The PR numbers are critical in determining the wheel alignment
specifications.
The running gear version fitted in the vehicle is indicated on the
vehicle data sticker by the PR number for the front axle.
The vehicle data sticker can be found in the spare wheel well and
in the service schedule.

AG. Volkswagen ARunning
agen es n gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019
G do
olksw ot g
y V ua
db
Example of a vehicle data rise sticker ran
tee
ho
ut or
In this example, thessvehicle is equipped with sports running gear
a ac
G02 -arrow-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
1.8 Adjusting camber at front wheels
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ Camber correction is necessary only after body repairs. Cam‐

ber cannot be adjusted. However, it can be mediated by
shifting the subframe!
♦ Move subframe only to left or right, but never in or opposite to
direction of normal travel!

sulation .

– Undo bolt -1- and screw a new one in loosely.

The camber adjustment range is limited by the tolerances of the
holes in the subframe. If the specified value is not reached by Volkswagen AG
shifting the subframe, this and the body must be inspected swagen AG. does
⇒ page 16 . by Volk not
gu
a d ran
se
– Now camber may be adjusted to specification by homoving sub‐
ri tee
ut or
frame. ss
a ac
ce
le
– Move subframe -5- sideways until camber is the same on both
un
pt
an
sides ⇒ page 297 .
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Tighten subframe bolts -1-, -2-, -3- and -4-.
ility
ot p
wit
After shifting subframe, check clearance between steering col‐
is n
h re
umn universal joint and cut-out in bulkhead.
ole,
spec
– Install dash panel cover on driver side ⇒ General body repairs,
t to the co
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments and covers; Removing
and installing dash panel cover on driver side .
rrectne
There must be a clearance of 5 mm all around between universal
ss
joint -1- and aperture in plenum chamber bulkhead -2-.
o
cial p
f inform
Specified torques
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
sulation .
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.9 Adjusting camber on rear axle


♦ Insert tool, 18 mm - T10179-
– Loosen upper transverse link nut -A-. Von

olksubframe.
swag AG en AG
agen doe
– Adjust camber by turning lksw
ohexagon head of eccentricsbolt
not
yV gu
-arrow-. ised b ara
n r tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
Note
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
The maximum adjustment range is 90° to the left or right of centre.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Tighten nut -A-.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– To do so, use insert tool 18 mm - T10179- . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
On use of insert tool 18 mm - T10179- , tighten nuts to 80 Nm. p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
– Check camber value again after nut -A- has been tightened. Prote AG.
– Check camber value again after tightening nut -A-

⇒ “1.4 Specifications for wheel alignment”, page 297 .
Specified torques
1.10 Adjusting toe at rear axle


– Loosen nut -1-.

– Turn eccentric bolt -2- until specification is attained.
Note
The maximum adjustment range is 90° to the left or right of centre.

– Check toe value again after tightening nut -A-
Specified torques
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
1.11 Adjusting front axle toe
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Insert tool - V.A.G 1332/9-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Counterhold track rod ball joint -1- with a suitable tool when erm
ab
loosening and tightening lock nut -2-.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Loosen lock nut -2-.
h re
ole,
– Adjust toe setting at both wheels by turning hexagon flats
spec
-arrow-.
t to the co
Note
rrectne
♦ Ensure that bellows on steering rack are not damaged or twis‐
s
ted. Twisted boots wear out quickly.
s o
cial p
f i
♦ Tighten lock nuts on threaded portion only when vehicle is
nform
standing on its wheels - track rod ball head must be parallel
mer
with steering lever of suspension strut.
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
– Tighten lock nut -2- and check toe setting again.
te
sd
iva
o
pr
The setting may change slightly after lock nut -2- is tightened .
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
However, if the measured toe value lies within the tolerance, the
yi Co
op
adjustment is correct
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Specified torques
agen
Prote AG.
♦ ⇒ “3.1.3 Assembly overview - steering rack, right-hand drive”,

page 345
1.12 Wheel runout compensation

If runout compensation is not performed, it is not possible to adjust
toe-in correctly!
The existing lateral runout of the wheel must be compensated for.
Otherwise, the result of the measurement will be incorrect.
The specified toe-in tolerance may already be exceeded by the
permitted amount of axial runout at the wheel rims. In such cases
it is not possible to set the toe-in correctly without first compen‐
sating for the wheel runout.
Please follow the instructions of the manufacturer of the wheel
alignment equipment.
1.13 Checking maximum wheel lock

The maximum wheel lock is determined with the aid of the wheel
alignment computer.
– When the values for the maximum wheel lock lie outside the
tolerances, then check following:

♦ Are steering or suspension components damaged or de‐

formed?
♦ Are track rods visually OK.?
♦ Is the symmetry of the track rods OK.?
Damaged components must be renewed.
– If the steering wheel is found to be off centre, check the fol‐
lowing:
♦ Check steering components for damage and deformation. If
necessary, renew damaged components.
♦ Check suspension components for damage and deformation.
If necessary, renew damaged components.
♦ Check symmetry of track rods also.
– Measure dimension -a- of “shorter” track rod. Shorten “longer”
track rod to same dimension. Screw track rod ball joint -1-
deeper onto track rod -2-.
Dimension -a- must be the same on left side and right side track
rod ball joints.
Maximum permissible difference between left and right < 2.5 mm.
– When returning steering to central position, “swivel” steering
wheel with even movements.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Adaptive cruise control

⇒ “2.1 Calibrating adaptive cruise control”, page 309
2.1 Calibrating adaptive cruise control

⇒ “2.1.1 Calibrating adaptive cruise control, Passat, Passat Es‐
tate”, page 309
⇒ “2.1.2 Calibrating adaptive cruise control, Arteon”, page 315
2.1.1 Calibrating adaptive cruise control, Pas‐

sat, Passat Estate
Before adjusting the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system, check
the sensor, its bracket and its securing elements for damage, ex‐
ternal influence and secure seating. Repair any damaged parts if
necessary.
Before adjusting the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system, read
out the event memory and rectify any faults found.
The “measured misalignment-angle value” of the ACC control unit
indicates whether or not the sensor is out of adjustment.
Use only a wheel alignment machine and adjusting devices ap‐
proved by VW/AUDI to adjust the adaptive cruise control (ACC)
system.
Correct adjustment is an essential prerequisite for the perfect
functioning of the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system.
Note
♦ Re-adjustment is required when:

♦ The rear axle toe setting has been adjusted.
wage es n
♦ The adaptive cruise control unit - J428-yhas Vo been removed and
lks ot g
reinstalled. ir se
d b ua
ran
tee
ho
♦ The front bumper support hass aubeen removed and installed.
t or
ac
s
♦ The front bumper support has been loosened or moved.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
♦ The de-adjustment angle is outside the tolerance. Determine

y li
erm
ab
the tolerance with the vehicle diagnostic tester.

ility
ot p
♦ The vehicle has been brought into the service position.

wit
is n
h re
ole,
♦ Conversions/adjustments have been carried out on the run‐

spec
ning gear that affect the ride height.

t to the co

rrectne
♦ Adjusting tool - VAS 6190/2-

ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Adaptive cruise control 309

♦ Setting device - VAS 6430- or setting device, basic kit - VAS

6430/1-
♦ ACC reflector mirror - VAS 6430/3-

♦ Wheel alignment computer
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
♦ Before driving vehicle onto wheel thalignment
oris
platform, make nte
eo
sure there is sufficient space between
s au vehicle and setting de‐ ra
c
vice - VAS 6430- . The distances between ACC reflecting mirror
ce
e
- VAS 6430/3- and the sensor must be 120 cm ± 2.5 cm.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ If available space is not adequate, move vehicle backwards
erm
ab
onto alignment platform as required to achieve space re‐
ility
ot p
quired.
wit
, is n
h re
♦ If the position of the ACC reflecting mirror - VAS 6430/3- on
hole
spec
alignment beam is changed during the adjustment work, the
es, in part or in w
setting of setting device - VAS 6430- must always be checked
t to the co
(e.g. spirit levels, individual toe values on adjusting beam,
etc.).
rrectness of i
• Before starting adjustment, read out event memory and rectify
l purpos
any faults.
Adjustment procedure described here is based on setting device
nf
ercia
- VAS 6430- .
orm
m
atio
The following setting sequence is to be adhered to:

om
n in
or c
1- Establish a distance of 120 cm ± 2.5 cm between the ACC

thi
e
reflecting mirror - VAS 6430/3- fitted in the middle and the

t
sd
iva
sensor in the radiator grille.

r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
2- Install ACC reflector mirror - VAS 6430/3- centred on align‐

t.
yi Co
op
ment beam. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
3- Adjust adaptive cruise control unit - J428- .
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
If wheel alignment has just been carried out, the steps described
Prote AG.
under “Setting without preceding wheel alignment” do not have to

be carried out.
Setting without preceding wheel alignment
– Press button to select ACC calibration in wheel alignment
computer.
– Note testing preconditions for wheel alignment ⇒ page 295 .
– Drive car onto wheel alignment platform.
– Connect battery charger ⇒ Electrical system; General infor‐
– Connect ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester. (Route diagnostic cable
through open window.)

Note
During the setting procedure, make sure that all the car doors
remain closed and that the car's exterior lighting is switched off.
– Move front wheels to straight-ahead position.

– Mount quick-release clamps on rear wheels.
– Mount measurement transducers on rear wheels.
– Carry out wheel run-out compensation at rear wheels.
Setting with or without preceding wheel alignment
– Position ACC setting device - VAS 6430- in the middle and
parallel at a distance -a- from the ACC reflector mirror - VAS
6430/3- fitted in the middle to the VW emblem in the radiator
grille.
a - 120 cm ± 2.5 cm
– Remove VW badge ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 66 ; Lettering and badges; Removing lettering and badges .
– Remove dirt, if there is any, from the sensor lens.
Note
ACC setting device - VAS 6430- is not allowed to be moved on

alignment beam.
– Adjust adjuster screws ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ;

Adaptive cruise control; Removing and installing control unit
for adaptive cruise control
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Mount measurement transducers -1- of front wheels on align‐

ment beam.
– In the area -A-, move position -2- on rotary knob so that it co‐
incides with marking on mirror (the number 2 on the rotary
knob must point towards the vehicle).
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Use adjusting screws -1-, -2- and -3- to bring spirit levels -A-
y li
erm
ab
and -B- to - VAS 6430/3- horizontal.
ility
ot p
– Adjust mirror -4- by means of crank handle -arrow- in such a
wit
is n
h re
way that the laser beam contacts the centre of the sensor lens.
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Position the mirror on side of the alignment beam so that the

laser beam contacts the centre of the sensor lens -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Level spirit levels -2- of the measurement transducer -1-.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Turn fine adjuster screw -5- until display on wheel alignment
Prote AG.
computer is within tolerance.

– Level spirit levels -2- of the measurement transducer -1-.

– Now, use laser beam -3- of -VAS 6430/3- to check again
whether spirit levels are horizontal and laser beam hits centre
of sensor lens.
Note
The alignment of - VAS 6430/3- must be repeated if the laser

beam does not coincide with the sensor lens.
– Press ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester GoTo button and select Se-

lect function/component function.
Follow instructions on screen to set the control unit.
Designation of adjuster screws of adaptive cruise control unit -

J428- -3-
1- Adjuster screw 1
2- Adjuster screw 2
wage es n
Installing Volkswagen emblem yV
olks ot g
ua
d b ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
– Insert tabs -1- of Volkswagen emblem into recesses of radiator

, is n
h re
grille -arrows-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
– Fold Volkswagen emblem -1- upwards, and push it completely

te o
thi
s
downwards onto edge -arrow- in radiator grille.

iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Push uppermost tab -arrow- of Volkswagen emblem down‐

wards.
– Push Volkswagen emblem -1- in -direction of arrow- until tabs
can be heard to engage.
2.1.2 Calibrating adaptive cruise control, Ar‐

teon
Before adjusting the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system, check
the sensor, its bracket and its securing elements for damage, ex‐
ternal influence and secure seating. Repair any damaged parts if
necessary.
Before adjusting the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system, read
out the event memory and rectify any faults found.
The “measured misalignment-angle value” of the ACC control unit
indicates whether or not the sensor is out of adjustment.
Use only a wheel alignment machine and adjusting devices ap‐
proved by VW/AUDI to adjust the adaptive cruise control (ACC)
system.
Correct adjustment is an essential prerequisite for the perfect
functioning of the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system.
– The adaptive cruise control unit - J428- must be calibrated if
any of the following conditions apply:
♦ Adaptive cruise control unit - J428- has been renewed
. Volkswagen AG
♦ Lock carrier has been moved to service position
ksw
agen
AG does
not
ol
yV gu
♦ Lock carrier has been removed andiseinstalled
db ara
nte
r
ho eo
♦ Lock carrier has been renewed aut ra
c
ss
♦ The de-adjustment angle is outside the tolerance. Determine
ce
le
un
pt
the tolerance with the vehicle diagnostic tester.

an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Toe on rear axle has been adjusted

ility
ot p
♦ Conversions/adjustments have been carried out on the run‐

wit
is n
h re
ning gear that affect the ride height.

ole,
spec

t to the co
♦ Setting device - VAS 6430- or setting device, basic kit - VAS

6430/1-
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
315
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG. 2. Adaptive cruise control
♦ ACC reflector mirror - VAS 6430/10-

Note
♦ Before driving vehicle onto wheel alignment platform, make

sure there is sufficient space between vehicle and setting de‐
vice - VAS 6430- . The distance between ACC reflecting mirror
- VAS 6430- and the sensor must be 120 cm ± 2.5 cm.
♦ If available space is not adequate, move vehicle backwards
quired.
♦ If the position of the ACC reflecting mirror - VAS 6430/10- on
alignment beam is changed during the adjustment work, the
setting of setting device - VAS 6430- must always be checked
(e.g. spirit levels, individual toe values on adjusting beam,
etc.).
• Before starting adjustment, read out event memory and rectify

any faults.
Adjustment procedure described here is based on setting device
- VAS 6430- .
The following setting sequence is to be adhered to:
1- Establish a distance of 120 cm ± 2.5 cm between the ACC
reflecting mirror - VAS 6430/10- fitted in the middle and the
sensor in the radiator grille.
2- Install ACC reflector mirror - VAS 6430/10- centred on align‐
ment beam.
3- Adjust adaptive cruise control unit - J428- .
If wheel alignment has just been carried out, the steps described AG. Volkswagen AG d
under “Setting without preceding wheel alignment” do not have to lksw
agen oes
not
be carried out. db
y Vo gu
a
e ran
ris tee
Setting without preceding wheel alignment utho or
a ac
ss
– Press button to select ACC calibration in wheel alignment ce
e
nl
computer. pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
During the setting procedure, make sure that all the car doors
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
– Mount quick-release clamps on rear wheels.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
– Mount measurement transducers on rear wheels.

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Setting with or without preceding wheel alignment

– Position ACC setting device - VAS 6430- in the middle and
parallel at a distance -a- from the ACC reflector mirror - VAS
6430/10- fitted in the middle to the VW emblem in the radiator
grille.
a - 120 cm ± 2.5 cm
– Remove any dirt from Volkswagen badge as necessary.
Note
ACC setting device - VAS 6430- is not allowed to be moved on

alignment beam.
– Mount measurement transducers -1- of front wheels on align‐

ment beam.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
– Use adjusting screws
ss -1-, -2- and -3- to bring spirit levels -A-
and -B- to - VAS 6430/10- horizontal.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Adjust mirror -4- by means of crank handle -arrow- in such a

y li
erm
ab
way that the laser beam contacts the centre of the sensor lens.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
– Position mirror on side of alignment beam so that the laser

p
cum
or
beam contacts the centre of the Volkswagen badge -1-.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Level spirit levels of measurement transducer. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Level spirit levels of measurement transducer.
– Now, use laser beam of -VAS 6430/10- to check again whether
spirit levels are horizontal and laser beam hits centre of sensor
lens.
Note
The alignment of - VAS 6430/10- must be repeated if the laser

beam does not coincide with the sensor lens.
– Select “Own test schedule” on ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

– On the screen, click the following buttons one after the other:
♦ Diagnosis-capable systems
♦ 0013 – Adaptive cruise control
♦ 0013 - Adaptive cruise control, functions
♦ 0013 - Calibration
Follow instructions on screen to set the control unit.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3 Front camera for assist systems

⇒ “3.1 Calibrating front camera for driver assist systems”,
page 319
3.1 Calibrating front camera for driver assist

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
systems by
Vol
ksw oes
not
gu
ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au
Note ss
ac
ce
le
un
pt
The following situations can cause the camera function to be im‐
an
d
itte
y li
paired by sustained poor visibility of the lane marker lines:
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
♦ The field of view of the camera is soiled or iced over. In this
, is n
h re
case, clean the affected area.
hole
spec
♦ The field of view of the camera is fogged over.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The camera’s viewing window must be cleaned manually if there
is heavy soiling on the inside of the windscreen in the field of view
of the camera. To do this, the control unit and lens hood must be
rrectness of i
removed and the windscreen cleaned using cleaning solution.
l purpos
Remove control unit and lens hood ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
96 ; Front camera for driver assist systems .
nform
ercia
Correct calibration is a basic precondition for the front camera for

driver assist systems - R242- to function without faults.
m
a
com
tio
The front camera for driver assist systems - R242- must be reca‐
n in
r
librated if:
te o
thi
s
iva
♦ “No or incorrect basic setting/adaption” entry stored in the do

r
rp
cum
event memory.
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ The front camera for driver assist systems - R242- was re‐ Cop py
newed.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
♦ Windscreen has been renewed or removed.
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Rear axle toe has been adjusted.
♦ Modifications having an effect on the body height have been
made to the car's running gear.
♦ The vehicle level senders have been reprogrammed on vehi‐
cles with damper control.
Note
♦ Before calibrating the front camera for driver assist systems,

read out event memory and rectify faults as necessary.
♦ Calibration of the front camera for driver assist systems must
be performed using only VW/AUDI approved wheel alignment
equipment!
♦ Calibration of the driver assistant system's front camera is
permitted only with the setting device - VAS 6430- !
3. Front camera for assist systems 319

♦ Setting device - VAS 6430-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
♦ ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester
rrectne
Note
ss o
♦ The front camera for driver assist systems - R242- must be
cial p
f in
correctly located in the holder.
form
mer
atio
♦ The field of view of the camera must be clean and clear.
om
n
c
i
♦ Before driving the vehicle onto the wheel alignment platform,
or
n thi
e
make sure there is sufficient space between the midpoint of

t
sd
iva
the hub of the front wheels and the setting device - VAS 6430- .
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
♦ The distance between the setting device - VAS 6430- and the
t.
yi Co
centre point of the hub of the front wheels must be 1500 mm Cop py
ht. rig
± 25 mm. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ If available space is not adequate, move vehicle backwards Prote
cted AG.
agen
quired.
♦ The calibration board must be positioned centrally on the set‐
ting device.
♦ The event memory must be read before starting calibration.
Any memory entries must be deleted.

Note
During the calibration procedure, make sure that all the car doors

– Select calibration run for front camera for driver assist systems
-R242- on wheel alignment computer.
– Mount quick-release clamps on all four wheels.
– Mount wheel alignment sensors on wheels.

– Bounce springs.
– Measure standing height at all four wheels
wage
and
n AG. Volknote
swageit.n AG
doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
Note utho eo
ra
a c
ss
♦ Setting device - VAS 6430- is not allowed to be moved on
ce
e
nl
pt
du
alignment beam.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Wheel alignment platform must be in the lowermost levelled
ility
ot p
position for next work step.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Turn setting device - VAS 6430- upwards so that alignment
beam is parallel to middle of measurement transducers on
rrectness of i
front wheels, in order to perform a correct measurement with
distance measuring unit -1-.
l purpos
1- Distance measuring unit with tape measure and socket pin
nform
ercia
– Position setting device - VAS 6430- at distance -a- of 1500 mm

± 25 mm from centre point of hub of front wheels to beam of
m
at
om
setting device - VAS 6430- .
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
Caution
do
priv
cum
for
en
g
♦ Distance -a- of 1500 mm ± 25 mm must be measured on

n
t.
yi Co
both sides of vehicle and adjustment device - VAS 6430- Cop py
t. rig
must then be aligned. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c
♦ Distance -a- must be same on both sides of car.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Mount measurement transducer -1- of front wheels onto set‐

ting device - VAS 6430- .
– Measure height value -a- between standing surface of setting

device - VAS 6430- and wheel support surface on wheel align‐
ment platform. Enter value in wheel alignment computer.

– Unscrew clamping bolt -arrow-, place measuring bar -1- on

floor.
– Use crank -1- to set calibration panel - VAS 6430/4- to nominal

height -2- indicated by wheel alignment computer and make a
note.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
When nominal height has been reached, measuring bar -1- must
be moved upwards slightly and secured with clamping screw
nf
ercia
-arrow-.
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Arteon 2018e➤ , .Passat
AG Volkswag2015
en AG ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤
ag n does
olkswRunning gear, axles, steeringnot - Edition 02.2019
y V g
ua
db ran
rise tee
– Move setting device - VAS 6430- sideways
tho -arrows B- until or
display on wheel alignment computer
s au is within tolerance. ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
– Screw down adjuster screws -2- and -3- slightly to secure set‐
s
iva
do
ting device - VAS 6430- against rolling away.
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 ➤ agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
w es n
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019 yV
olks ot g
u b ara
ed nte
ris
– Use adjuster screw -1- to level spirit level -A-. au
tho e or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
te
– Use adjuster screws -2- and -3- to level spirit level -B-.
a
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Unscrew clamping bolt -arrow-, place measuring bar -1- on

floor.

– Check nominal height -2- again and correct if necessary.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
When nominal height has been reached, measuring bar -1- must
cial p
f in
be moved upwards slightly and secured with clamping screw
form
mer
-arrow-.
atio
m
Concluding work is carried out via ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
– Switch on ignition.
t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
– On ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester, select “Guided Fault Finding”.
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Follow instructions on screen to perform calibration.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
Note
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
The next step in Guided fault finding is to measure the body

height.
– Enter the noted standing height.

48 – Steering
1 Steering wheel
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - steering wheel”, page 326
⇒ “1.2 Removing and installing steering wheel”, page 326
1.1 Assembly overview - steering wheel
1 - Steering wheel
⇒ page 326
ic parts catalogue
❑ The centre punch marks
-arrows- on the steering
wheel and the steering
column must align when
reinstalling. Some
steering columns leave
the factory with no cen‐
tre punch mark. On
these steering columns
a respective centre AG. Volkswagen AG d
punch mark must be agen oes
olksw not
V
made before removing d by gu
ara
the steering wheel rise nte
ho eo
⇒ page 326 . s aut ra
c
s
2 - Bolt
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ 30 Nm +90°
ility
ot p
3 - Steering column wit

, is n
h re
hole
spec
⇒ page 331
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ The centre punch marks

-arrows- on the steering
wheel and the steering
rrectness of i
column must align when

reinstalling. Some
l purpos
steering columns leave

the factory with no cen‐
tre punch mark. On
nf
ercia
these steering columns

rm
m
a respective centre
atio
m
punch mark must be

o
n in
or c
made before removing the steering wheel ⇒ page 326 .

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
1.2 Removing and installing steering wheel

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
326 Rep. gr.48 - Steering

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Removing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
WARNING
h re
hole
spec
The following conditions must be met before starting work on
es, in part or in w
t to the co
the electrical system and removing the steering wheel:
♦ Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ;
Battery; Disconnecting and reconnecting battery .
rrectness of i
♦ The wheels must be in straight-ahead position.
l purpos
Failure to comply with these precautions may lead to subse‐

quent failure of the airbag system!
nform
mercia
at
om
io
– Move steering column to middle height position.

n
c
in t
or
his
e
– Remove airbag unit ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.

at
do
riv
69 ; Driver side airbag; Assembly overview - driver side airbag .

p
cum
for
en
g
– Turn wheels to straight-ahead position.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Note
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The steering wheel must be removed/installed in the middle po‐

sition (wheels facing straight ahead).
– If fitted, disconnect connector for steering wheel heating.
1. Steering wheel 327

– Remove bolt -2-.

– Check that steering column has a centre punch mark that
aligns with mark on steering wheel.
– If this is not the case, the position of the steering wheel to
steering column must be marked on the steering column with
a centre punch mark.
– Pull steering wheel -1- off steering column.
Installing
lowing:
Make sure that the wheels are pointing straight ahead before fit‐
ting the steering wheel.
– When installing a steering wheel that has been removed,
make sure that the markings on the steering column and steer‐
ing wheel are in line.
Volkswa
– When installing a new steeringwage
n AGwheel
.
(without
gen AG
domarking),
es n the
steering wheel must Volksmounted in middle position
be ot(steering
gu
by ara
wheel spoke mustris be horizontal and wheels in straight posi‐
ed nte
tion). u tho eo
r
a ac
ss
– Install steering wheel.
ce
le
un
pt
an
– If previously disconnected, connect connector for steering

d
itte
y li
wheel heating.
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Install airbag unit ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.

ot
wit
, is n
69 ; Driver side airbag; Assembly overview - driver side airbag .

h re
hole
spec
– Carry out road test.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– If the steering wheel is skewed, the steering wheel must be

removed again and fitted onto the splines of the steering col‐
umn.
rrectness of i
Specified torques
l purpos
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - steering wheel”, page 326

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Steering column
⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - steering column”, page 329
⇒ “2.2 Checking steering column for damage”, page 330
⇒ “2.3 Handling and transporting steering column”, page 330
⇒ “2.4 Removing and installing steering column”, page 331
⇒ “2.5 Removing and installing control unit for electronic steering
column lock J764 ”, page 339
2.1 Assembly overview - steering column
Note
♦ Always renew self-locking nuts.

♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.
♦ Always renew nuts and bolts that have been tightened further by a set angle.
1 - Dash panel central tube

2 - Steering column agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
❑ Removing andd installing
by
V gu
ara
⇒ page 331oris e nte
eo
h
ut
❑ When installing,
ss a steer‐ ra
c
ing column must be en‐
ce
e
nl
gaged at mounting
pt
du
an
bracket for central tube

itte
y li
erm
for dash panel (assists

ab
ility
with installation).
ot p
wit
, is n

h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
KA”
t to the co
3 - Right bracket
❑ For knee airbag
rrectness of i
4 - Bolt
l purpos
❑ Note tightening se‐

quence
nform
ercia

m
at
om
❑ 20 Nm
ion
c
in t
or
5 - Bolt
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
or
❑ 20 Nm
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
6 - Left bracket C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ For knee airbag p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
7 - Bolt Prote AG.

❑ 20 Nm +90°
8 - Electronic steering column
lock control unit - J764-
❑ For vehicles with keyless entry and start system “Keyless Access”
2. Steering column 329

9 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ 6 Nm
2.2 Checking steering column for damage

Visual check
– Check all steering column parts for damage.
Checking function
– Check that steering column turns smoothly and easily. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
– Check whether steering column can be moved in the longitu‐ d byV
o ot g
ua
dinal direction and vertically. o
ir se
ran
tee
th or
u
2.3 Handling and transporting steering col‐
a ac
ss
ce
le
umn
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
WARNING
ot p
wit
is n
h re
♦ Adherence to proper steering column handling is essen‐
ole,
spec
tial.
t to the co
♦ Improper handling of steering column may damage the
steering column, leading to safety risks.
rrectne
Proper steering column handling and transport
ss
♦ Use both hands to transport steering column.
o
cial p
f inform
♦ Hold steering column upper jacket tube and in area of upper
mer
universal joint.
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Improper handling of steering column

Transportation using the clamping lever leads to primary steering
column damage.

Improper handling of steering column with safety risks

Following methods of handling will damage universal joint bushes
and lower steering column bearing:
♦ Transporting steering column with one hand on jointed shaft.
♦ Bending joints more than 90°.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
2.4 Removing and installing steering col‐
t to the co
umn
rrectne
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331- ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
Only the complete steering column is supplied as a replacement
part. A repair is not possible.
Electronic steering column lock control unit - J764- can be trans‐
ferred ⇒ page 339 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
WARNING d byV gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
th
The following are prerequisites before starting work on sthe
au ra
c
electrical system and removing the steering wheel: s
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Mechanic must electrostatically discharge himself/herself.
an
d
itte
y li
This can be done by touching earthed metal such as a
erm
ab
water pipe, a heating pipe, metal girders or a lifting plat‐
ility
ot p
form ⇒ page 5 .
wit
is n
h re
Failure to comply with this precaution may lead to subsequent
ole,
spec
failure of the electronic steering column lock control unit -
J764- !
t to the co
♦ Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ;
Battery; Disconnecting and reconnecting battery .
rrectne
♦ The wheels must be in straight-ahead position.
s
Failure to comply with these precautions may lead to subse‐
s o
quent failure of the airbag system!
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
– Turn wheels to straight-ahead position.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
– Pull down lever on side of steering column.
te
sd
iva
o
r
– Swing steering column down as far as possible and pull out.

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
– Press lever on side of steering column back up.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
– Remove airbag unit ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
ht ht
rig by
py
69 ; Driver side airbag; Assembly overview - driver side airbag . co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ page 326 .
AG.
– Remove upper steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,

interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing and
installing upper steering column trim .
– Remove lower steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,
installing lower steering column trim .
– Remove steering column switch module ⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 94 ; Steering column switch module; Removing and
installing steering column switch module .
– Remove knee airbag ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 69 ; Knee airbags; Assembly overview - knee airbag .
– Remove bolts -1- and -2-.
– Remove left bracket -3- for knee airbag.

– Remove bolts -1- and -2-.

– Remove right bracket -3- for knee airbag.
– Release tab -arrow- using a small screwdriver.

– Pull cable guide -1- forwards off metal tab.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Release bottom cable retainer -1- from lugs in direction of
es, in part or in w
-arrow-. t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
The lugs are anchored directly in the steering column and are
located between the retainer -1- and the steering column.
nform
ercia
– Pull off bottom cable retainer -1- downwards.

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Release tabs -arrows- of cable guide -1- using a small screw‐

driver.
– Pull cable guide -1- off steering column downwards. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Disengage cable retainer under steering column d by V -2- and pull gu
ara
off downwards. orise nte
eo
th
u ra
– Move electrical wire for steering column
ss a
to side. c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness
– Disconnect connector -1- on electronic steering column lock
o
cial p
f
control unit - J764- .
inform
mer
– Pull cable off steering column.
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution

♦ Connect battery

– Remove bolt -1- while holding steering column -2- securely.
LHD only
– Unhook steering column -1- upwards out of lugs -2- and -3- on
mounting bracket and remove.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
RHD only olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
– Unhook steering
horis column -1- upwards out of lugs -2- and n-3-
tee on
mountings abracket
ut and remove. or
ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Caution
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Ensure the steering column is handled and transported cor‐

h re
ole,
rectly ⇒ page 330 .

spec
t to the co
Installing
rrectne
ing:
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant olks 2015 ➤
wa not
yV gu
Running gear, axles, steering - Editionis02.2019
ed b ara
nte
r
ho eo
ut ra
LHD only ss
a c
ce
e
nl
– Hook steering column -1- into lugs on mounting bracket at
pt
du
an
bottom -2- and top -3-.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
RHD only
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Hook steering column -1- into lugs on mounting bracket at

t.
yi Co
op
bottom -2- and top -3-.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Align steering column -2- with mounting bracket. Screw in bolt

-1- hand-tight.

– Install right bracket -3- for knee airbag.

– Screw in bolts -1- and -2- hand-tight.
– Install left bracket -3- for knee airbag.

– Screw in bolts -1- and -2- hand-tight.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Tighten bolts -1-, -2-, -3- and -4- one after the other to the
an
itte
specified torque.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
– The flat surface of the steering column -1- must lie against the
or
flat surface of the steering rack -2-. The cut-out in the steering
m
m
atio
m
rack must align exactly with the hole for the securing bolt
o
n in
c
-arrows-.
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Fit universal joint -2- onto steering pinion in opposite

– Insert new hexagon bolt -1- and tighten.
– Install dash panel cover on driver side ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments and covers; Removing
and installing dash panel cover on driver side .
– Connect connector -1- to electronic steering column lock con‐

trol unit - J764- .
– Install steering column switch module ⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 94 ; Steering column switch module; Removing and
installing steering column switch module .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

en AG. V
olksteering
swagen AG- Edition 02.2019
ag does
ksw not
Vol gu
– Fit cable retainer under steering column -2- so that lugs
ed
b in
y ara
nte
guide engage in steering column. thoris eo
au ra
– Fit cable guide -1-. Lugs -arrows- must engagess in steering c
ce
le
column.
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Install knee airbag ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
y li
rm
ab
69 ; Knee airbags; Assembly overview - knee airbag .
pe
ility
ot
wit
– Install lower steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs, in‐
, is n
h re
terior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing and
hole
spec
installing lower steering column trim .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Install upper steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,
installing upper steering column trim .
rrectness of i
– Install steering wheel ⇒ page 326 .
l purpos
– Install driver side airbag unit ⇒ General body repairs, interior;

Rep. gr. 69 ; Driver side airbag; Assembly overview - driver
nform
ercia
side airbag .
m
– Carry out basic setting for steering angle sender - G85- using
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
Specified torques
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ Steering column switch module ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
Co
op py
94 ; Steering column switch module; Removing and installing t. C rig
gh ht
steering column switch module . yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
♦ Knee airbag ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 69 ;
agen
Prote AG.
Knee airbags; Assembly overview - knee airbag .
♦ Driver side airbag unit ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 69 ; Driver side airbag; Assembly overview - driver side
airbag .
♦ Lower steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing and installing
lower steering column trim .
♦ Upper steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing and installing
upper steering column trim .
2.5 Removing and installing control unit for

electronic steering column lock - J764-

Removing
– Remove steering column ⇒ page 331 .
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- from control unit for electronic steering
column lock - J764- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Push tab -1- in -direction of arrow-, and remove control unit for
erm
ab
electronic steering column lock - J764- -2-.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Installing
h re
ole,
spec
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
– Insert control unit for electronic steering column lock - J764-
rig
gh ht
yri by
-2-, and make sure that tab -1- engages properly. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Secure control unit for electronic steering column lock - J764-

-1- using bolts -arrows-.
– Install steering column ⇒ page 331 .
– Perform steps to initiate ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques olkswage es n
ot g
byV ua
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - steering rcolumn”,
ise
d page 329 ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3 Steering rack
⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - steering rack”, page 342
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing steering rack”, page 347
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing bellows”, page 355
⇒ “3.4 Removing and installing track rod”, page 358
⇒ “3.5 Removing and installing track rod ball joint”, page 361
⇒ “3.6 Repairing steering rack”, page 362
3.1 Assembly overview - steering rack

⇒ “3.1.1 Assembly overview - steering rack, left-hand drive”, page
342 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
⇒ “3.1.2 Assembly overview - steering rack, right-hand drive”, d by V gu
ara
page 344 orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
⇒ “3.1.3 Assembly overview - steering rack, right-hand drive”,
ss a c
page 345
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
3.1.1 Assembly overview - steering rack, left-hand drive

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Assembly overview - steering rack, track rods, APA
ot
wit
, is n
⇒ page 345
h re
hole
Assembly overview - steering rack, track rods, ZF ⇒ page 346
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ Connect battery
nform
ercia
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 - Wire
KA”
2 - Bolt
❑ Either qty. 3 or qty. 4 are
fitted depending on en‐
gine version. Refer to ⇒
Electronic parts cata‐
logue “ETKA”
❑ 8 Nm
3 - Heat shield
ble depending on en‐
logue “ETKA”
4 - Steering rack
APA ⇒ page 345
❑ Assembly overview ZF
⇒ page 346
⇒ page 347
ic parts catalogue “ET‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
KA” by Vol not
gu
ara
d
❑ With power steering rise nte
ho eo
control unit - J500- aut ra
c
ss
❑ Can be tested in “Gui‐
ce
e
nl
ded fault finding” using
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
tester.
ility
ot p
5 - Right wheel bearing housing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
6 - Nut
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ 20 Nm +90°
7 - Bolt
rrectness of i

l purpos
❑ 70 Nm +90°
8 - Subframe
nform
ercia
9 - Left wheel bearing housing

m
at
om
io
10 - Seal
n
c
in t
or
❑ Renew after removing steering rack

his
ate
do
riv
11 - Fastener
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Steering rack 343

3.1.2 Assembly overview - steering rack, right-hand drive

Caution

♦ Connect battery
1 - Wire
2 - Heat shield
ble depending on en‐
logue “ETKA”
3 - Bolt agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Either qty. 3 or qty. 4 are d by Vo gu
ara
fitted depending on en‐ orise nte
gine version. Refer to ⇒ auth eo
ra
Electronic parts cata‐ ss c
logue “ETKA”
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
❑ 8 Nm
itte
y li
rm
ab
4 - Seal
pe
ility
ot
wit
❑ Renew after removing
, is n
h re
steering rack
hole
5 - Steering rack spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ page 347
rrectness of i
⇒ page 346
l purpos

nform
ercia
KA”
m
❑ With power steering

com
tion in
control unit - J500-

r
te o
thi
❑ Can be tested in “Gui‐

s
iva
do
ded fault finding” using

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
tester.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
6 - Right wheel bearing hous‐ yri
gh by
ht
ing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
7 - Nut
AG.

❑ 20 Nm +90°

8 - Subframe
9 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +90°
10 - Left wheel bearing housing
11 - Fastener
3.1.3 Assembly overview - steering rack,

right-hand drive
⇒ page 345
1 - Left track rod ball joint

❑ Fitting position n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
⇒ page 360 olks es n
ot g
byV ua
❑ Removing and installing ir se
d ran
tee
⇒ page 361 autho
or
ac
❑ Fitting position ss
ce
e
⇒ page 360
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
parts catalogue “ETKA”
ility
ot p
wit
2 - Nut
, is n
h re
❑ Counterhold on track
hole
spec
rod ball joint with a span‐
es, in part or in w
ner when loosening or
t to the co
tightening nut.
❑ 70 Nm
rrectness of i
3 - Clip
l purpos
4 - Boot
❑ Must not be twisted after
nform
ercia
toe setting has been ad‐

justed.
m
at
om
io

n
c
in t
r
⇒ page 355
o
his
ate
do
riv
5 - Clip
p
cum
or
❑ Renew
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 358 Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
6 - Track rod p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 358
❑ 100 Nm
7 - Threaded bush
⇒ page 362
8 - Steering rack
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”


❑ No replacement part
10 - Right track rod ball joint
Assembly overview - steering rack, track rods, ZF
1 - Left track rod ball joint

❑ Fitting position
⇒ page 360
⇒ page 361
❑ Fitting position
⇒ page 360
parts catalogue “ETKA”
2 - Nut
❑ Counterhold on track
rod ball joint with a span‐
ner when loosening or
tightening nut.
❑ 70 Nm
3 - Clip
4 - Boot
❑ Must not be twisted after n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
toe setting has been o ad‐
lks es n
ot g
yV
justed. d b ua
ran
ir se tee
❑ Removing au and installing
tho
or
ac
⇒ pagess 355
ce
le
un
5 - Clip
pt
an
d
itte
y li
❑ Renew
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
6 - Track rod
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
⇒ page 358
t to the co
❑ 100 Nm
7 - Threaded bush
rrectness of i

l purpos
⇒ page 362
8 - Steering rack
nform
ercia

m

com
tion in
9 - Right track rod ball joint

r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
.
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.2 Removing and installing steering rack
Special tools and workshop AG. Volkswagen AG d

equipment required agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
lock engages.

– Unscrew bolt -arrow- from universal joint -1- and pull off uni‐
versal joint in -direction of arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Caution lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by ara
d
The following work must not be performed ise
while thehoruniversal nte
eo
joint is separated from the steering rack: s aut ra
c
s
♦ Connect battery
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
– Raise vehicle.
ss
– Remove wheels.
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
noise insulation .
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

sides).
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
at
do
riv
ly.
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Caution Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Push track rod ball joint off wheel bearing housing and remove
nut.

applicable.

Running gear, axles, n AG. Volks-wEdition
gesteering
agen AG
d02.2019
k swa oes
not
Vol gu
d by ara
– If fitted, disconnect
ris
e connector -1- for oil level and oil tempera‐
nte
ture sender uth-oG266- . eo
ra
a c
ss
– If installed, disconnect connector -2- on continued coolant cir‐
ce
e
nl
pt
culation pump - V51- . To do this, open locking device -3- by
du
an
itte
pressing in direction of -arrow- and release connector.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
ing rack.
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


LHD only
Vehicles with longer head shield
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- and remove heat shield -1- from steer‐
ing rack.
Note
Different heat shields -1- are installed depending on the engine.

On some engines it is possible to access the connectors for the
steering rack without removing the heat shield.
Continuation for all scenarios
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Unclip wiring harness -1- from osteering
lksw
ag rack -2- -arrows-.
does
not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
RHD only
rrectness of i

l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.



– Lever off steering rack from subframe with a large screwdriver,
for example, and remove backwards.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
LHD only by
Vo gu
ara
ed
is nte
– Place steering rack on a surface as shown. ut
hor eo
ra
s a c
This prevents damage to the control units -1-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
RHD only
rrectness of i
– Place steering rack on a surface as shown.

l purpos
This prevents damage to the control unit -1-.

nform
ercia
Installing
m
at

om
ion
lowing:
c
in t
or
his
te
Threaded sleeves of steering rack must seat in holes in subframe.

a
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

LHD only
– Plug in connectors -1- and -2- so that they audibly engage.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
RHD only au ac
ss
ce
le
– Plug in connectors -1- and -2- so that they audibly engage.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Renew seal -1-.

– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber lip
nform
ercia

m
a
– Ensure that seal -1- is firmly seated.
com
tion in
r

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Note
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint shaft ensure
t rig
gh ht
yri by
that the seal is not kinked against the assembly plate on the cop Vo
by lksw
steering rack. The opening to the footwell must seal correctly. cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
Arteon 2018 ➤ , Passat 2015 ➤ , Passat Variant 2015 oris➤ nte
eo
th
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019 s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
– Screw in bolts -1- for steering rack, and tighten them.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
Note
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

sulation .

. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
Vol
ksw not
gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
Notess au ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Bolt universal joint to steering rack.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Connect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery;
h re
Disconnecting and connecting battery .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Carry out basic setting for steering angle sender - G85- using
t to the co
If new steering rack has been installed, adapt electromechanical
rrectness of i
power steering using ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
l purpos
Specified torques
nf
ercia
joint”, page 71
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
silencers; Assembly overview - silencer . Prote AG.

sulation .
3.3 Removing and installing bellows


equipment required
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer

atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ Insert tool, 24 mm - V.A.G 1332/11-

t
sd
iva
o
pr
♦ Locking pliers for Phaeton steering rack - VAS 6199-

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Removing
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
Note
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ If boot is defective, moisture and dirt will enter steering rack.

There must be a palpable film of grease in the area of the teeth
on the steering rack. If there is no film of grease, the steering
rack must be renewed.
♦ The steering rack must be renewed:
♦ In the event of corrosion.
♦ In the event of damage.
♦ In the event of excessive wear
♦ In the event of soiling on the steering rack.

oes Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2019
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
– Loosen wheelrisbolts.
ed nte
ho eo
ut
– Raise vehicle.
ss a ra
c
ce
le
– Remove wheel.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Mark position of nut on track rod.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove track rod ball joint ⇒ page 361 .
wit
is n
h re
– Clean outside of steering rack in vicinity of boot.
ole,
spec
No dirt must be allowed to enter the steering rack through a de‐

fective rubber boot during this operation.
t to the co
– Open hose clips.
rrectne
– Pull boot off steering rack housing and track rod.
ss o
Note
cial p
f inform
mer
♦ If the steering rack shows signs of corrosion, damage, wear or
atio
soiling, renew the complete steering rack.
om
n
c
i
or
n
♦ Likewise, if there is no film of grease on the steering rack, the
thi
te
steering rack must be renewed.
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Installing
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Caution p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Do not grease steering rack.

– Thread new clamps and rubber boot onto track rod.
– Lightly grease sealing surface between boot and track rod with
grease from repair kit.
– Push rubber boot -2- onto track rod -1- as shown in figure.
– Secure spring-type clip on rubber boot using hose clip pliers -
V.A.G 1275- .
– Lightly grease sealing surface between boot and steering rack
housing with grease from repair kit.
– Push rubber boot onto steering rack housing to stop.

– Install new clamp -1- using locking pliers for Phaeton steering
rack - VAS 6199- .
– Tighten clamp so that its ear -arrow- is positioned as shown in
illustration.
– Screw in track rod ball joint up to mark made during removal
and install ⇒ page 361 .
– Install front wheel and tighten.
– Check wheel alignment ⇒ page 300 .
– If both track rods have been exchanged, basic setting must be
carried out for steering angle sender - G85- ⇒ Vehicle diag‐
nostic tester.
– Then carry out basic setting of steering ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.
Specified torques
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44 ; Wheels, wage
es n
s
tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts yV
olk ot g
u b ara
ed nte
oris e
3.4 Removing and installing track rod
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
equipment required
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


♦ Open end spanner insert, AF 38 mm - V.A.G 1923-
♦ Locking pliers for Phaeton steering rack - VAS 6199-
Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Clean outside of steering rack in vicinity of boot.
ly.
Caution
olkswagen AG
– Push track rod ball joint off wheel bearing housing and sremove
wage
n AG. V does
nut. by
Volk not
gu
ara
ed nte
1- Ball joint puller - T10187- ris
tho eo
au ra
c
– Open clips and push boot back. ss
ce
le
un
pt
– Turn steering as follows:
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
- For left track rod, turn steering to full right lock
pe
ility
ot
- For right track rod, turn steering to full left lock.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Unscrew track rod.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1- Open-end spanner attachment - V.A.G 1923-
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
♦ If the steering rack shows signs of corrosion, damage, wear or

nform
ercia
soiling, renew the complete steering rack.

m
a
com
ti
♦ Likewise, if there is no film of grease on the steering rack, the

on in
steering rack must be renewed.

r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
Installing track rod

cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
lowing:
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Caution
cted agen
Prote AG.
Do not grease steering rack.

– Make sure that correct track rod ball joint is installed on each
side.
1- Left track rod ball joint
2- Right track rod ball joint
– Thread new clamps and rubber boot onto track rod.
– Screw track rod into track rod ball joint until dimension n-a-
AG.is
Volkswagen AG
wage does
attained. yV
olks not
g b ua
ed ran
Passat: dimension -a- = 373 ± 1 mm oris tee
th or
au ac
Arteon: dimension -a- = 388 ± 1 mm ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Tighten track rod.
rrectness of i
1- Open-end spanner attachment - V.A.G 1923-
l purpos

– Lightly grease sealing surface between boot and track rod with
nf
ercia
grease from repair kit.

orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Push rubber boot -2- onto track rod -1-, making sure that boot
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
is correctly positioned. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Secure spring-type clip on rubber boot using hose clip pliers - Prote AG.
V.A.G 1275- .
– Lightly grease sealing surface between boot and steering rack
housing with grease from repair kit.
– Push rubber boot onto steering rack housing as far as it will
go.

– Install new clamp -1- using locking pliers for Phaeton steering
rack - VAS 6199- .
– Tighten clamp so that its ear -arrow- is positioned as shown in
illustration.
– If both track rods have been exchanged, basic setting must be
carried out for steering angle sender - G85- ⇒ Vehicle diag‐
nostic tester.
– Then carry out basic setting of steering ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.
Specified torques
tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts wage
es
olks not
yV gu
db ara
3.5 Removing and installing track rod ball
e nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
joint ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.

– Loosen nut -1-.

– Mark position of track rod ball joint on track rod.
– Loosen nut -2- on track rod ball joint but do not remove com‐
pletely.
Caution
– Push track rod off wheel bearing housing and remove nut.
– Unscrew track rod ball joint from track rod.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Installing agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐rised
nte
lowing: aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
– Make sure that correct track rod ball joint is installed on each
un
pt
an
d
side.
itte
y li
erm
ab
1- Left track rod ball joint
ility
ot p
wit
is n
2- Right track rod ball joint
h re
ole,
– Screw track rod ball joint onto track rod as far as previously
spec
applied mark and secure with lock nut.
t to the co
– Insert track rod ball joint into wheel bearing housing.
– Bolt track rod ball joint with new nut.
rrectne
ss
o
cial p
f in
Specified torques
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
3.6 Repairing steering rack

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
⇒ “3.6.1 Removing and installing threaded bush”, page 362 rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
3.6.1 Removing and installing threaded bush
cted agen
Prote AG.


Running
agen
AG.gear,
Volkswaxles,
agen AGsteering - Edition 02.2019
do
w es n
olks ot g
yV ua
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- or engine
ris
ed
b
and gearbox ran
tee
jack - V.A.G 1383 A- tho or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
Removing
s
– Raise vehicle.
s o
cial p
f in
form
mer
atio
noise insulation .
om
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
sides).


applicable.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
– Pull wiring harness -3- clips -1- and -2- off subframeau and steer‐
th or
ac
ing rack. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Drive out threaded bush -1- in -direction of arrow-.

Installing
wage es n
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, noting the yV
ofollow‐
lks ot g
ua
ing: ir se
d b ran
o tee
th or
au ac
ss
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Always drive in threaded bush from above and from direction of
erm
ab
the steering shaft.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Insert threaded bush in a straight line.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Drive in threaded bush as far as stop.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


n AG. Volkswagen A
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry
olks
wage out basic settingdoes n
G
ot g
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester. db
y V ua
r e an
ris tee
Specified torques tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
sulation .
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Sensors
⇒ “4.1 Removing and installing steering angle sender G85 ”, page
367
4.1 Removing and installing steering angle

sender - G85-
Note
♦ The steering angle sender - G85- is a component of the steer‐

ing rack.
♦ It cannot be renewed as an individual part.
♦ If the steering angle sender - G85- is defective, the steering
rack must be renewed ⇒ page 347 . AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Sensors 367

D4B804A2FDD-Running Gear Axles Steering

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

D4B804A2FDD-Running Gear Axles Steering

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

D4B804A2FDD-Running Gear Axles Steering

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service

Service Department. Technical Information

Copyright © 2019 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B804A2FDD

1.1 Safety measures when working on vehicles with a start/stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1.4 Safety precautions when working on subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2.3 Checking shock absorbers when removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

2.5 Gaskets and seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

2.7 Electrical components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

2.8 Raising suspension to unladen position (vehicles with coil springs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

3 Evaluating accident vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

7 Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

42 - Rear suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

4.2 Assembly overview - track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

4.3 Removing and installing upper transverse link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

4.4 Removing and installing lower transverse link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

4.5 Removing and installing track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

5 Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

5.2 Removing and installing shock absorbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

5.3 Repairing shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

6 Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

6.2 Assembly overview - trailing arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

6.3 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

6.4 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

43 - Self-levelling suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

1 Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

1.1 Assembly overview - steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

1.2 Removing and installing steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

2 Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

2.1 Assembly overview - steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

2.2 Checking steering column for damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

2.3 Handling and transporting steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

3 Steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

3.1 Assembly overview - steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

3.2 Removing and installing steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

3.3 Removing and installing bellows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

3.4 Removing and installing track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

3.5 Removing and installing track rod ball joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

3.6 Repairing steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

4.1 Removing and installing steering angle sender G85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

stop system”, page 1

1.1 Safety measures when working on vehicles with a start/stop system

Risk of injury due to unexpected motor start

unexpectedly. A message in the dash panel insert indicates

whether the start/stop system is activated.

Danger to life from high voltage

Risk of injury due to unexpected motor start

Risk of damage to high-voltage cables

– Never support any tools on high-voltage cables or high-volt‐

1.3 Safety precautions when working in the vicinity of high-voltage components

1.4 Safety precautions when working on

♦ Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent.

Therefore, tighten the bolted connections of components with

bonded rubber bushes only when the wheel bearing housing

has been raised (unladen state) ⇒ page 6 .

2 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data

sorber is deemed OK under the following conditions:

♦ Fluid seepage (as shown in the shaded part of the illustration)

seal (piston rod seal) down to the bottom spring plate